updated for version 7.3.558

Problem:    Memory access error. (Gary Johnson)
Solution:   Allocate one more byte. (Dominique Pelle)

.gitignore

@@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ gvimext.lib
 src/po/*.ck 
 src/testdir/mbyte.vim 
 src/testdir/mzscheme.vim 
+src/testdir/lua.vim 
 src/testdir/small.vim 
 src/testdir/tiny.vim 
 src/testdir/test*.out

Filelist

@@ -81,6 +81,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test60.vim \
+		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
@@ -262,6 +263,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/bigvim.bat \
 		src/msvcsetup.bat \
 		src/msvc2008.bat \
+		src/msvc2010.bat \
 		src/dimm.idl \
 		src/dlldata.c \
 		src/dosinst.c \
@@ -312,6 +314,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/xxd/Make_bc5.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_cyg.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_djg.mak \
+		src/xxd/Make_ming.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_mvc.mak \
 		nsis/gvim.nsi \
 		nsis/README.txt \
@@ -427,9 +430,6 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		$(SRC_VMS) \
 		README_os390.txt \
 		src/Make_mint.mak \
-		src/Make_ro.mak \
-		src/gui_riscos.c \
-		src/gui_riscos.h \
 		src/if_sniff.c \
 		src/infplist.xml \
 		src/link.390 \
@@ -437,10 +437,6 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		src/os_beos.h \
 		src/os_beos.rsrc \
 		src/os_mint.h \
-		src/os_riscos.c \
-		src/os_riscos.h \
-		src/proto/gui_riscos.pro \
-		src/proto/os_riscos.pro \
 		src/os_vms_fix.com \
 		src/toolbar.phi \
 

README_extra.txt

@@ -13,9 +13,6 @@ src/if_sniff.*		Interface to SNiFF.  If you don't know what SNiFF is,
 
 src/os_amiga.*		Files for the Amiga port.
 
-src/gui_riscos.*
-src/os_riscos.*		Files for the RISC OS port.
-
 src/gui_beos.*
 src/os_beos.*		Files for the BeOS port.
 

runtime/autoload/ada.vim

@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@
 if version < 700
    finish
 endif 
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Section: Constants {{{1
 "
@@ -619,6 +621,9 @@ lockvar  g:ada#Comment
 lockvar! g:ada#Keywords
 lockvar! g:ada#Ctags_Kinds
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 finish " 1}}}
 
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 Mar 23
+" Last Change:	2011 Dec 30
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
 function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
@@ -603,3 +605,6 @@ function! s:SearchMembers(matches, items, all)
   endfor
   return res
 endfunc
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
 "  Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-"  Date:	Dec 28, 2009
+"  Date:	Jan 17, 2012
-"  Version:	32
+"  Version:	34
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v32"
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v34"
 if &cp
  echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
  finish
@@ -519,6 +519,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
    " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
    " AutoInstall: only if doautoinstall has been requested by the plugin itself
    " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+"   call Decho("checking if plugin requested autoinstall: doautoinstall=".doautoinstall)
    if doautoinstall
 "    call Decho(" ")
 "    call Decho("Autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".sname.")=".filereadable(sname))
@@ -526,7 +527,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
 "     call Decho("<".sname."> is readable")
 "     call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall))
      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall)
-     let curdir    = escape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+     let curdir    = fnameescape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'))
      let installdir= curdir."/Installed"
      if !isdirectory(installdir)
       call mkdir(installdir)
@@ -549,25 +550,42 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
      " decompress
      if sname =~ '\.bz2$'
 "      call Decho("decompress: attempt to bunzip2 ".sname)
-      exe "silent !bunzip2 ".shellescape(sname)
+      exe "sil !bunzip2 ".shellescape(sname)
       let sname= substitute(sname,'\.bz2$','','')
 "      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after bunzip2")
      elseif sname =~ '\.gz$'
 "      call Decho("decompress: attempt to gunzip ".sname)
-      exe "silent !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
+      exe "sil !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
       let sname= substitute(sname,'\.gz$','','')
 "      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after gunzip")
+     elseif sname =~ '\.xz$'
+"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to unxz ".sname)
+      exe "sil !unxz ".shellescape(sname)
+      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.xz$','','')
+"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after unxz")
      else
 "      call Decho("no decompression needed")
      endif
      
-     " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba) contents
+     " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba, ...) contents
      if sname =~ '\.zip$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to unzip ".sname)
       exe "silent !unzip -o ".shellescape(sname)
      elseif sname =~ '\.tar$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar ".sname)
       exe "silent !tar -xvf ".shellescape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.tgz$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+gunzip ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.taz$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+uncompress ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -Zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.tbz$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+bunzip2 ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.txz$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+xz ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -Jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
      elseif sname =~ '\.vba$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to handle a vimball: ".sname)
       silent 1split

runtime/autoload/htmlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	HTML and XHTML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2006 Oct 19
+" Last Change:	2011 Apr 28
 
 function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
   if a:findstart
@@ -285,6 +285,7 @@ function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
 				let cssfiles = styletable + secimportfiles
 				let classes = []
 				for file in cssfiles
+				  	let classlines = []
 					if filereadable(file)
 						let stylesheet = readfile(file)
 						let stylefile = join(stylesheet, ' ')

runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
 "                    netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Sep 30, 2008
+" Date:		Mar 14, 2012
-" Version:	10
+" Version:	11a
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v10"
+let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11a"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwFileHandlers needs vim 7.2"
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 "   call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")')
    exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")'
   endif
-  
+
 "  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke 0 : ret=".ret)
   return 0
 endfun
@@ -356,6 +356,7 @@ fun! s:NFH_obj(obj)
 endfun
 
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Modelines: {{{1
 "  vim: fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/phpcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	PHP
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2006 May 9
+" Last Change:	2011 Dec 08
 "
 "   TODO:
 "   - Class aware completion:
@@ -650,6 +650,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContents(file, name) " {{{
 	" this is the most efficient way. The other way
 	" is to go through the looong string looking for
 	" matching {}
+	let original_window = winnr()
 	below 1new
 	0put =cfile
 	call search('class\s\+'.a:name)
@@ -667,6 +668,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContents(file, name) " {{{
 	let classcontent = join(classc, "\n")
 
 	bw! %
+	" go back to where we started
+	exe original_window.'wincmd w'
+
 	if extends_class != ''
 		let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(extends_class)
 		if filereadable(classlocation)

runtime/autoload/spellfile.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim script to download a missing spell file
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2008 Nov 29
+" Last Change:	2012 Jan 08
 
 if !exists('g:spellfile_URL')
   " Prefer using http:// when netrw should be able to use it, since
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
     " Remember the buffer number, we check it below.
     new
     let newbufnr = winbufnr(0)
-    setlocal bin
+    setlocal bin fenc=
     echo 'Downloading ' . fname . '...'
     call spellfile#Nread(fname)
     if getline(2) !~ 'VIMspell'
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
 	  " Our buffer has vanished!?  Open a new window.
 	  echomsg "download buffer disappeared, opening a new one"
 	  new
-	  setlocal bin
+	  setlocal bin fenc=
 	else
 	  exe winnr . "wincmd w"
 	endif
@@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
       else
 	let dirname = escape(dirlist[dirchoice], ' ')
       endif
+      setlocal fenc=
       exe "write " . dirname . '/' . fname
 
       " Also download the .sug file, if the user wants to.

runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,16 +1,31 @@
 " Vim OMNI completion script for SQL
 " Language:    SQL
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     10.0
+" Version:     12.0
-" Last Change: 2010 Jun 11
+" Last Change: 2012 Feb 08
 " Usage:       For detailed help
-"              ":help sql.txt" 
+"              ":help sql.txt"
-"              or ":help ft-sql-omni" 
+"              or ":help ft-sql-omni"
 "              or read $VIMRUNTIME/doc/sql.txt
 
 " History
+" Version 12.0
+"     - Partial column name completion did not work when a table
+"       name or table alias was provided (Jonas Enberg).
+"     - Improved the handling of column completion.  First we match any
+"       columns from a previous completion.  If not matches are found, we
+"       consider the partial name to be a table or table alias for the 
+"       query and attempt to match on it.
+"
+" Version 11.0
+"     Added g:omni_sql_default_compl_type variable
+"         - You can specify which type of completion to default to
+"           when pressing <C-X><C-O>.  The entire list of available
+"           choices can be found in the calls to sqlcomplete#Map in:
+"               ftplugin/sql.vim
+"
 " Version 10.0
-"     Updated PreCacheSyntax() 
+"     Updated PreCacheSyntax()
 "         - Now returns a List of the syntax items it finds.
 "           This allows other plugins / scripts to use this list for their own
 "           purposes.  In this case XPTemplate can use them for a Choose list.
@@ -18,22 +33,22 @@
 "           warning if not.
 "         - Verifies the parameters are the correct type and displays a
 "           warning if not.
-"     Updated SQLCWarningMsg() 
+"     Updated SQLCWarningMsg()
 "         - Prepends warning message with SQLComplete so you know who issued
 "           the warning.
-"     Updated SQLCErrorMsg() 
+"     Updated SQLCErrorMsg()
 "         - Prepends error message with SQLComplete so you know who issued
 "           the error.
-"     
+"
 " Version 9.0
 "     This change removes some of the support for tables with spaces in their
-"     names in order to simplify the regexes used to pull out query table 
+"     names in order to simplify the regexes used to pull out query table
 "     aliases for more robust table name and column name code completion.
 "     Full support for "table names with spaces" can be added in again
 "     after 7.3.
 "
 " Version 8.0
-"     Incorrectly re-executed the g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right and g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left 
+"     Incorrectly re-executed the g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right and g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left
 "     when drilling in and out of a column list for a table.
 "
 " Version 7.0
@@ -44,7 +59,7 @@
 "
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
 " This check is in place in case this script is
-" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature. 
+" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature.
 if exists('&omnifunc')
     " Do not set the option if already set since this
     " results in an E117 warning.
@@ -54,9 +69,9 @@ if exists('&omnifunc')
 endif
 
 if exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
-    finish 
+    finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_sql_completion = 100
+let g:loaded_sql_completion = 120
 
 " Maintains filename of dictionary
 let s:sql_file_table        = ""
@@ -69,7 +84,7 @@ let s:tbl_alias             = []
 let s:tbl_cols              = []
 let s:syn_list              = []
 let s:syn_value             = []
- 
+
 " Used in conjunction with the syntaxcomplete plugin
 let s:save_inc              = ""
 let s:save_exc              = ""
@@ -79,7 +94,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql')
     let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
 endif
- 
+
 " Used with the column list
 let s:save_prev_table       = ""
 
@@ -110,12 +125,16 @@ if !exists('g:omni_sql_include_owner')
         if g:loaded_dbext >= 300
             " New to dbext 3.00, by default the table lists include the owner
             " name of the table.  This is used when determining how much of
-            " whatever has been typed should be replaced as part of the 
+            " whatever has been typed should be replaced as part of the
             " code replacement.
             let g:omni_sql_include_owner = 1
         endif
     endif
 endif
+" Default type of completion used when <C-X><C-O> is pressed
+if !exists('g:omni_sql_default_compl_type')
+    let g:omni_sql_default_compl_type = 'table'
+endif
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
 function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
@@ -140,7 +159,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             let begindot = 1
         endif
         while start > 0
-            " Additional code was required to handle objects which 
+            " Additional code was required to handle objects which
             " can contain spaces like "my table name".
             if line[start - 1] !~ '\(\w\|\.\)'
                 " If the previous character is not a period or word character
@@ -150,7 +169,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\w'
                 " If the previous character is word character continue back
                 let start -= 1
-            elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\.' && 
+            elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\.' &&
                         \ compl_type =~ 'column\|table\|view\|procedure'
                 " If the previous character is a period and we are completing
                 " an object which can be specified with a period like this:
@@ -160,7 +179,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 " If lastword has already been set for column completion
                 " break from the loop, since we do not also want to pickup
                 " a table name if it was also supplied.
-                if lastword != -1 && compl_type == 'column' 
+                if lastword != -1 && compl_type == 'column'
                     break
                 endif
                 " If column completion was specified stop at the "." if
@@ -171,8 +190,8 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 endif
                 " If omni_sql_include_owner = 0, do not include the table
                 " name as part of the substitution, so break here
-                if lastword == -1 && 
+                if lastword == -1 &&
-                            \ compl_type =~ 'table\|view\|procedure\column_csv' && 
+                            \ compl_type =~ 'table\|view\|procedure\column_csv' &&
                             \ g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0
                     let lastword = start
                     break
@@ -202,7 +221,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     let compl_list = []
 
     " Default to table name completion
-    let compl_type = 'table'
+    let compl_type = g:omni_sql_default_compl_type
     " Allow maps to specify what type of object completion they want
     if exists('b:sql_compl_type')
         let compl_type = b:sql_compl_type
@@ -216,7 +235,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 
     if compl_type == 'table' ||
                 \ compl_type == 'procedure' ||
-                \ compl_type == 'view' 
+                \ compl_type == 'view'
 
         " This type of completion relies upon the dbext.vim plugin
         if s:SQLCCheck4dbext() == -1
@@ -254,7 +273,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 
         if base == ""
             " The last time we displayed a column list we stored
-            " the table name.  If the user selects a column list 
+            " the table name.  If the user selects a column list
             " without a table name of alias present, assume they want
             " the previous column list displayed.
             let base = s:save_prev_table
@@ -273,16 +292,16 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             " has entered:
             "    owner.table
             "    table.column_prefix
-            " So there are a couple of things we can do to mitigate 
+            " So there are a couple of things we can do to mitigate
             " this issue.
             "    1.  Check if the dbext plugin has the option turned
             "        on to even allow owners
             "    2.  Based on 1, if the user is showing a table list
-            "        and the DrillIntoTable (using <Right>) then 
+            "        and the DrillIntoTable (using <Right>) then
             "        this will be owner.table.  In this case, we can
-            "        check to see the table.column exists in the 
+            "        check to see the table.column exists in the
             "        cached table list.  If it does, then we have
-            "        determined the user has actually chosen 
+            "        determined the user has actually chosen
             "        owner.table, not table.column_prefix.
             let found = -1
             if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner == ''
@@ -297,17 +316,46 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             " If the user has indicated not to use table owners at all and
             " the base ends in a '.' we know they are not providing a column
             " name, so we can shift the items appropriately.
-            if found != -1 || (g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0 && base !~ '\.$')
+            " if found != -1 || (g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0 && base !~ '\.$')
-                let owner  = table
+            "     let owner  = table
-                let table  = column
+            "     let table  = column
-                let column = ''
+            "     let column = ''
-            endif
+            " endif
         else
+            " If no "." was provided and the user asked for
+            " column level completion, first attempt the match
+            " on any previous column lists.  If the user asked
+            " for a list of columns comma separated, continue as usual.
+            if compl_type == 'column' && s:save_prev_table != ''
+                " The last time we displayed a column list we stored
+                " the table name.  If the user selects a column list
+                " without a table name of alias present, assume they want
+                " the previous column list displayed.
+                let table     = s:save_prev_table
+                let list_type = ''
+
+                let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(table, list_type)
+                if ! empty(compl_list)
+                    " If no column prefix has been provided and the table
+                    " name was provided, append it to each of the items
+                    " returned.
+                    let compl_list = filter(deepcopy(compl_list), 'v:val=~"^'.base.'"' )
+
+                    " If not empty, we have a match on columns
+                    " return the list
+                    if ! empty(compl_list)
+                        return compl_list
+                    endif
+                endif
+            endif
+            " Since no columns were found to match the base supplied
+            " assume the user is trying to complete the column list
+            " for a table (and or an alias to a table).
             let table  = base
         endif
 
         " Get anything after the . and consider this the table name
-        " If an owner has been specified, then we must consider the 
+        " If an owner has been specified, then we must consider the
         " base to be a partial column name
         " let base  = matchstr( base, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*' )
 
@@ -327,11 +375,11 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 " If no column prefix has been provided and the table
                 " name was provided, append it to each of the items
                 " returned.
-                let compl_list = map(compl_list, "table.'.'.v:val")
+                let compl_list = map(compl_list, 'table.".".v:val')
                 if owner != ''
                     " If an owner has been provided append it to each of the
                     " items returned.
-                    let compl_list = map(compl_list, "owner.'.'.v:val")
+                    let compl_list = map(compl_list, 'owner.".".v:val')
                 endif
             else
                 let base = ''
@@ -361,11 +409,15 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 
     if base != ''
         " Filter the list based on the first few characters the user entered.
-        " Check if the text matches at the beginning 
+        " Check if the text matches at the beginning
-        " or 
+        "         \\(^.base.'\\)
+        " or
         " Match to a owner.table or alias.column type match
+        "         ^\\(\\w\\+\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)
         " or
         " Handle names with spaces "my table name"
+        "         "\\(^'.base.'\\|^\\(\\w\\+\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
+        "
         let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|^\\(\\w\\+\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
         " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\)"'
         " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\(\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
@@ -384,7 +436,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#PreCacheSyntax(...)
     let syn_group_arr = []
     let syn_items     = []
 
-    if a:0 > 0 
+    if a:0 > 0
         if type(a:1) != 3
             call s:SQLCWarningMsg("Parameter is not a list. Example:['syntaxGroup1', 'syntaxGroup2']")
             return ''
@@ -407,7 +459,7 @@ endfunction
 function! sqlcomplete#ResetCacheSyntax(...)
     let syn_group_arr = []
 
-    if a:0 > 0 
+    if a:0 > 0
         if type(a:1) != 3
             call s:SQLCWarningMsg("Parameter is not a list. Example:['syntaxGroup1', 'syntaxGroup2']")
             return ''
@@ -458,7 +510,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#DrillIntoTable()
 	" If the popup is not visible, simple perform the normal
 	" key behaviour.
 	" Must use exec since they key must be preceeded by "\"
-	" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string 
+	" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string
 	" rather than the "key press".
         exec 'call feedkeys("\'.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right.'", "n")'
     endif
@@ -475,7 +527,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#DrillOutOfColumns()
 	" If the popup is not visible, simple perform the normal
 	" key behaviour.
 	" Must use exec since they key must be preceeded by "\"
-	" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string 
+	" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string
 	" rather than the "key press".
         exec 'call feedkeys("\'.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left.'", "n")'
     endif
@@ -484,16 +536,16 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:SQLCWarningMsg(msg)
     echohl WarningMsg
-    echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg 
+    echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg
     echohl None
 endfunction
-      
+
 function! s:SQLCErrorMsg(msg)
     echohl ErrorMsg
-    echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg 
+    echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg
     echohl None
 endfunction
-      
+
 function! s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(syn_group)
     let syn_group  = a:syn_group
     let compl_list = []
@@ -504,7 +556,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(syn_group)
         " Return previously cached value
         let compl_list = s:syn_value[list_idx]
     else
-        " Request the syntax list items from the 
+        " Request the syntax list items from the
         " syntax completion plugin
         if syn_group == 'syntax'
             " Handle this special case.  This allows the user
@@ -552,7 +604,7 @@ function! s:SQLCAddAlias(table_name, table_alias, cols)
     let table_alias = a:table_alias
     let cols        = a:cols
 
-    if g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias != 'n' 
+    if g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias != 'n'
         if table_alias == ''
             if 'da' =~? g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias
                 if table_name =~ '_'
@@ -562,13 +614,13 @@ function! s:SQLCAddAlias(table_name, table_alias, cols)
                     setlocal iskeyword-=_
 
                     " Get the first letter of each word
-                    " [[:alpha:]] is used instead of \w 
+                    " [[:alpha:]] is used instead of \w
                     " to catch extended accented characters
                     "
-                    let table_alias = substitute( 
+                    let table_alias = substitute(
-                                \ table_name, 
+                                \ table_name,
-                                \ '\<[[:alpha:]]\+\>_\?', 
+                                \ '\<[[:alpha:]]\+\>_\?',
-                                \ '\=strpart(submatch(0), 0, 1)', 
+                                \ '\=strpart(submatch(0), 0, 1)',
                                 \ 'g'
                                 \ )
                     " Restore original value
@@ -596,7 +648,7 @@ function! s:SQLCAddAlias(table_name, table_alias, cols)
     return cols
 endfunction
 
-function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object) 
+function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object)
     " The owner regex matches a word at the start of the string which is
     " followed by a dot, but doesn't include the dot in the result.
     " ^           - from beginning of line
@@ -609,7 +661,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object)
     " let owner = matchstr( a:object, '^\s*\zs.*\ze\.' )
     let owner = matchstr( a:object, '^\("\|\[\)\?\zs\.\{-}\ze\("\|\]\)\?\.' )
     return owner
-endfunction 
+endfunction
 
 function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
     " Check if the table name was provided as part of the column name
@@ -636,7 +688,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
     if list_idx > -1
         let table_cols = split(s:tbl_cols[list_idx], '\n')
     else
-        " Check if we have already cached the column list for this table 
+        " Check if we have already cached the column list for this table
         " by its alias, assuming the table_name provided was actually
         " the alias for the table instead
         "     select *
@@ -654,7 +706,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
     " And the table ends in a "." or we are looking for a column list
     " if list_idx == -1 && (a:table_name =~ '\.' || b:sql_compl_type =~ 'column')
     " if list_idx == -1 && (a:table_name =~ '\.' || a:list_type =~ 'csv')
-    if list_idx == -1 
+    if list_idx == -1
          let saveY      = @y
          let saveSearch = @/
          let saveWScan  = &wrapscan
@@ -665,7 +717,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
          setlocal nowrapscan
          " If . was entered, look at the word just before the .
          " We are looking for something like this:
-         "    select * 
+         "    select *
          "      from customer c
          "     where c.
          " So when . is pressed, we need to find 'c'
@@ -692,15 +744,15 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
          " if query =~? '^\c\(select\)'
          if query =~? '^\(select\|update\|delete\)'
              let found = 1
-             "  \(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?   - 
+             "  \(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?   -
              " '\c\(from\|join\|,\).\{-}'  - Starting at the from clause (case insensitive)
              " '\zs\(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?' - Get the owner name (optional)
-             " '\<\w\+\>\ze' - Get the table name 
+             " '\<\w\+\>\ze' - Get the table name
              " '\s\+\<'.table_name.'\>' - Followed by the alias
              " '\s*\.\@!.*'  - Cannot be followed by a .
              " '\(\<where\>\|$\)' - Must be followed by a WHERE clause
              " '.*'  - Exclude the rest of the line in the match
-             " let table_name_new = matchstr(@y, 
+             " let table_name_new = matchstr(@y,
              "             \ '\c\(from\|join\|,\).\{-}'.
              "             \ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\.\)\?'.
              "             \ '\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\?\ze'.
@@ -711,7 +763,16 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
              "             \ '\(\<where\>\|$\)'.
              "             \ '.*'
              "             \ )
-             let table_name_new = matchstr(@y, 
+             "
+             "
+             " ''\c\(\<from\>\|\<join\>\|,\)\s*'  - Starting at the from clause (case insensitive)
+             " '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\.\)\?' - Get the owner name (optional)
+             " '\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\ze' - Get the table name
+             " '\s\+\%(as\s\+\)\?\<'.matchstr(table_name, '.\{-}\ze\.\?$').'\>' - Followed by the alias
+             " '\s*\.\@!.*'  - Cannot be followed by a .
+             " '\(\<where\>\|$\)' - Must be followed by a WHERE clause
+             " '.*'  - Exclude the rest of the line in the match
+             let table_name_new = matchstr(@y,
                          \ '\c\(\<from\>\|\<join\>\|,\)\s*'.
                          \ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\.\)\?'.
                          \ '\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\ze'.
@@ -753,7 +814,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
          " Return to previous location
          call cursor(curline, curcol)
-         
+
          if found == 0
              if g:loaded_dbext > 300
                  exec 'DBSetOption use_tbl_alias='.saveSettingAlias
@@ -762,7 +823,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
              " Not a SQL statement, do not display a list
              return []
          endif
-    endif 
+    endif
 
     if empty(table_cols)
         " Specify silent mode, no messages to the user (tbl, 1)

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,18 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     7.0
+" Version:     8.0
-" Last Change: 2010 Jul 29
+" Last Change: 2011 Nov 02
 " Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni" 
 
 " History
 "
+" Version 8.0
+"     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
+"         - Some additional syntax items were also allowed
+"           on nextgroup= lines which were ignored by default.
+"           Now these lines are processed independently.
+"
 " Version 7.0
 "     Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
 "         - Looking up the syntax groups defined from a syntax file
@@ -44,7 +50,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
     finish 
 endif
-let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 70
+let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 80
 
 " Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
 " This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
@@ -72,7 +78,8 @@ endif
 " This script will build a completion list based on the syntax
 " elements defined by the files in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax.
 let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
-            \ 'links to,start=,end=,nextgroup='
+            \ 'links to,start=,end='
+            " \ 'links to,start=,end=,nextgroup='
 
 let s:cache_name = []
 let s:cache_list = []
@@ -411,9 +418,25 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
                     \    , "\n", 'g' 
                     \  )
 
-        " Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained
+        " Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained.
+        " Also include lines with nextgroup=@someName skip_key_words syntax_element
         let syn_list = substitute( 
-                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\)'
+                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
+                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    \ )
+
+        " This can leave lines like this
+        "     =@vimMenuList  skipwhite onoremenu
+        " Strip the special option keywords first
+        "     :h :syn-skipwhite*
+        let syn_list = substitute( 
+                    \    syn_list, '\<\(skipwhite\|skipnl\|skipempty\)\>'
+                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    \ )
+
+        " Now remove the remainder of the nextgroup=@someName lines
+        let syn_list = substitute( 
+                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\(@\w\+\)'
                     \    , "", 'g' 
                     \ )
 

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Aug 09, 2010
+" Date:			Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:		26
+" Version:		28
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v26"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v28"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
@@ -47,6 +47,17 @@ endif
 if !exists("g:tar_writeoptions")
  let g:tar_writeoptions= "uf"
 endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
+ if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+  if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
+   let g:netrw_cygwin= 1
+  else
+   let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
+  endif
+ else
+  let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
+ endif
+endif
 if !exists("g:tar_copycmd")
  if !exists("g:netrw_localcopycmd")
   if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
@@ -63,17 +74,6 @@ if !exists("g:tar_copycmd")
  endif
  let g:tar_copycmd= g:netrw_localcopycmd
 endif
-if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-  if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
-   let g:netrw_cygwin= 1
-  else
-   let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
-  endif
- else
-  let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
- endif
-endif
 if !exists("g:tar_extractcmd")
  let g:tar_extractcmd= "tar -xf"
 endif
@@ -142,9 +142,9 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   call setline(lastline+1,'" tar.vim version '.g:loaded_tar)
   call setline(lastline+2,'" Browsing tarfile '.a:tarfile)
   call setline(lastline+3,'" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER')
-  $put =''
+  keepj $put =''
-  0d
+  keepj sil! 0d
-  $
+  keepj $
 
   let tarfile= a:tarfile
   if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
@@ -154,26 +154,26 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   let curlast= line("$")
   if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
 "   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp'
 "   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(bz2\|tbz\|tb2\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(lzma\|tlz\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
     " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
     let tarfile = substitute(tarfile, '-', './-', '')
    endif
 "   call Decho("4: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
-   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,1)
+   exe "sil! r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,1)
   endif
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
@@ -184,12 +184,12 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~ '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
    redraw!
    echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) ".a:tarfile." doesn't appear to be a tar file" | echohl None
-   silent %d
+   keepj sil! %d
    let eikeep= &ei
    set ei=BufReadCmd,FileReadCmd
    exe "r ".fnameescape(a:tarfile)
    let &ei= eikeep
-   1d
+   keepj sil! 1d
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse : a:tarfile<".a:tarfile.">")
    return
   endif
@@ -286,19 +286,19 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   endif
   if tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
 "   call Decho("7: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
 "   call Decho("5: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd.' -'.g:tar_readoptions.' - '.tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1))
-   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp$'
 "   call Decho("6: exe silent r! cat ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
 "   call Decho("7: exe silent r! lzma -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
     " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   exe "file tarfile::".fnameescape(fname)
 
   " cleanup
-  0d
+  keepj sil! 0d
   set nomod
 
   let &report= repkeep

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2011 Jan 05
+" Last Change: 2011 Apr 05
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ set cpo-=C
 " Automatically find charsets from all encodings supported natively by Vim. With
 " the 8bit- and 2byte- prefixes, Vim can actually support more encodings than
 " this. Let the user specify these however since they won't be supported on
-" every system. TODO: how? g:html_charsets and g:html_encodings?
+" every system.
 "
 " Note, not all of Vim's supported encodings have a charset to use.
 "
@@ -312,8 +312,9 @@ func! tohtml#Convert2HTML(line1, line2) "{{{
       " figure out whether current charset and encoding will work, if not
       " default to UTF-8
       if !exists('g:html_use_encoding') &&
-	    \ (&l:fileencoding!='' && &l:fileencoding!=s:settings.vim_encoding ||
+	    \ (((&l:fileencoding=='' || (&l:buftype!='' && &l:buftype!=?'help'))
-	    \  &l:fileencoding=='' &&       &encoding!=s:settings.vim_encoding)
+	    \      && &encoding!=?s:settings.vim_encoding)
+	    \ || &l:fileencoding!='' && &l:fileencoding!=?s:settings.vim_encoding)
 	echohl WarningMsg
 	echomsg "TOhtml: mismatched file encodings in Diff buffers, using UTF-8"
 	echohl None
@@ -603,6 +604,7 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'no_progress', !has("statusline") )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'diff_one_file', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'number_lines', &number )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'pre_wrap', &wrap )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'use_css', 1 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_conceal', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_folding', 0 )
@@ -641,7 +643,13 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     " aren't allowed inside a <pre> block
     if !user_settings.use_css
       let user_settings.no_pre = 1
-    endif "}}}
+    endif
+
+    " pre_wrap doesn't do anything if not using pre or not using CSS
+    if user_settings.no_pre || !user_settings.use_css
+      let user_settings.pre_wrap=0
+    endif
+    "}}}
 
     " set up expand_tabs option after all the overrides so we know the
     " appropriate defaults {{{
@@ -669,9 +677,16 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
       endif
     else
       " Figure out proper MIME charset from 'fileencoding' if possible
-      if &l:fileencoding != ''
+      if &l:fileencoding != '' 
-	let user_settings.vim_encoding = &l:fileencoding
+	" If the buffer is not a "normal" type, the 'fileencoding' value may not
-	call tohtml#CharsetFromEncoding(user_settings)
+	" be trusted; since the buffer should not be written the fileencoding is
+	" not intended to be used.
+	if &l:buftype=='' || &l:buftype==?'help'
+	  let user_settings.vim_encoding = &l:fileencoding
+	  call tohtml#CharsetFromEncoding(user_settings)
+	else
+	  let user_settings.encoding = '' " trigger detection using &encoding
+	endif
       endif
 
       " else from 'encoding' if possible

runtime/autoload/vimball.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Apr 12, 2010
+" Date:		Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:	31
+" Version:	35
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
-" Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 "            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 "            (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
 "            No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_vimball = "v31"
+let g:loaded_vimball = "v35"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of vimball needs vim 7.2"
@@ -67,10 +67,10 @@ endif
 " vimball#MkVimball: creates a vimball given a list of paths to files {{{2
 " Input:
 "     line1,line2: a range of lines containing paths to files to be included in the vimball
-"     writelevel : if true, force a write to filename.vba, even if it exists
+"     writelevel : if true, force a write to filename.vmb, even if it exists
 "                  (usually accomplished with :MkVimball! ...
-"     filename   : base name of file to be created (ie. filename.vba)
+"     filename   : base name of file to be created (ie. filename.vmb)
-" Output: a filename.vba using vimball format:
+" Output: a filename.vmb using vimball format:
 "     path
 "     filesize
 "     [file]
@@ -80,12 +80,12 @@ endif
 fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
 "  call Dfunc("MkVimball(line1=".a:line1." line2=".a:line2." writelevel=".a:writelevel." vimballname<".a:1.">) a:0=".a:0)
   if a:1 =~ '\.vim$' || a:1 =~ '\.txt$'
-   let vbname= substitute(a:1,'\.\a\{3}$','.vba','')
+   let vbname= substitute(a:1,'\.\a\{3}$','.vmb','')
   else
    let vbname= a:1
   endif
-  if vbname !~ '\.vba$'
+  if vbname !~ '\.vmb$'
-   let vbname= vbname.'.vba'
+   let vbname= vbname.'.vmb'
   endif
 "  call Decho("vbname<".vbname.">")
   if !a:writelevel && a:1 =~ '[\/]'
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
    " create/switch to mkvimball tab
    if !exists("vbtabnr")
     tabnew
-    silent! file Vimball
+    sil! file Vimball
     let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
    else
     exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
@@ -195,8 +195,8 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 "  call Dfunc("vimball#Vimball(really=".a:really.") a:0=".a:0)
 
   if v:version < 701 || (v:version == 701 && !exists('*fnameescape'))
-   echoerr "your vim is missing the fnameescape() function"
+   echoerr "your vim is missing the fnameescape() function (pls upgrade to vim 7.2 or later)"
-"   call Dret("vimball#Vimball : needs 7.1 with patch 299")
+"   call Dret("vimball#Vimball : needs 7.1 with patch 299 or later")
    return
   endif
 
@@ -214,13 +214,22 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   " set up vimball tab
 "  call Decho("setting up vimball tab")
   tabnew
-  silent! file Vimball
+  sil! file Vimball
   let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
   let didhelp= ""
 
   " go to vim plugin home
   if a:0 > 0
+   " let user specify the directory where the vimball is to be unpacked.
+   " If, however, the user did not specify a full path, set the home to be below the current directory
    let home= expand(a:1)
+   if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+	if home !~ '^\a:[/\\]'
+	 let home= getcwd().'/'.a:1
+	endif
+   elseif home !~ '^/'
+	let home= getcwd().'/'.a:1
+   endif
   else
    let home= vimball#VimballHome()
   endif
@@ -254,11 +263,10 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   while 1 < linenr && linenr < line("$")
    let fname   = substitute(getline(linenr),'\t\[\[\[1$','','')
    let fname   = substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
-"   let fsize   = getline(linenr+1)+0
    let fsize   = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\(\d\+\).\{-}$','\1','')+0
-   let fenc    = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\d\+\s*\(\S\+\)$','\1','')
+   let fenc    = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\d\+\s*\(\S\{-}\)$','\1','')
    let filecnt = filecnt + 1
-"   call Decho("fname<".fname."> fsize=".fsize." filecnt=".filecnt)
+"   call Decho("fname<".fname."> fsize=".fsize." filecnt=".filecnt. " fenc=".fenc)
 
    if a:really
     echomsg "extracted <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
@@ -283,11 +291,14 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 "    call Decho("making directories if they don't exist yet (fname<".fname.">)")
     let fnamebuf= substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
 	let dirpath = substitute(home,'\\','/','g')
+"	call Decho("init: fnamebuf<".fnamebuf.">")
+"	call Decho("init: dirpath <".dirpath.">")
     while fnamebuf =~ '/'
      let dirname  = dirpath."/".substitute(fnamebuf,'/.*$','','')
 	 let dirpath  = dirname
      let fnamebuf = substitute(fnamebuf,'^.\{-}/\(.*\)$','\1','')
 "	 call Decho("dirname<".dirname.">")
+"	 call Decho("dirpath<".dirpath.">")
      if !isdirectory(dirname)
 "      call Decho("making <".dirname.">")
       if exists("g:vimball_mkdir")
@@ -306,20 +317,22 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
    let linenr   = linenr + 2
    let lastline = linenr + fsize - 1
 "   call Decho("exe ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a")
-   exe "silent ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a"
+   " no point in handling a zero-length file
+   if lastline >= linenr
+    exe "silent ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a"
 
-   " copy "a" buffer into tab
+    " copy "a" buffer into tab
 "   call Decho('copy "a buffer into tab#'.vbtabnr)
-   exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+    exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
-   setlocal ma
+    setlocal ma
-   silent! %d
+    sil! %d
-   silent put a
+    silent put a
-   1
+    1
-   silent d
+    sil! d
 
-   " write tab to file
+    " write tab to file
-   if a:really
+    if a:really
-    let fnamepath= home."/".fname
+     let fnamepath= home."/".fname
 "    call Decho("exe w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath))
 	if fenc != ""
 	 exe "silent w! ++enc=".fnameescape(fenc)." ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
@@ -328,17 +341,18 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 	endif
 	echo "wrote ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
 	call s:RecordInVar(home,"call delete('".fnamepath."')")
-   endif
+    endif
 
-   " return to tab with vimball
+    " return to tab with vimball
 "   call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
-   exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+    exe "tabn ".curtabnr
 
-   " set up help if its a doc/*.txt file
+    " set up help if its a doc/*.txt file
 "   call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp."> fname<".fname.">")
-   if a:really && didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.\(txt\|..x\)$'
+    if a:really && didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.\(txt\|..x\)$'
-   	let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.\(txt\|..x\)$','\1','')
+    	let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.\(txt\|..x\)$','\1','')
 "	call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp.">")
+    endif
    endif
 
    " update for next file
@@ -400,7 +414,9 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
    let curfile= a:1
 "   call Decho("case a:0=".a:0.": curfile<".curfile.">")
   endif
-  if curfile =~ '\.vba$'
+  if curfile =~ '\.vmb$'
+   let curfile= substitute(curfile,'\.vmb','','')
+  elseif curfile =~ '\.vba$'
    let curfile= substitute(curfile,'\.vba','','')
   endif
   if a:0 >= 2
@@ -418,13 +434,17 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
 "   call Decho(".VimballRecord is readable")
 "   call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
    keepalt keepjumps 1split 
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
    let keepsrch= @/
 "   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\m: ')
-"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\mvba: ')
+"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\m{vba|vmb}: ')
-"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vba: ')
+"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.{vba|vmb}: ')
    if search('^\M'.curfile."\m: ".'cw')
 	let foundit= 1
+   elseif search('^\M'.curfile.".\mvmb: ",'cw')
+	let foundit= 2
+   elseif search('^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vmb: ','cw')
+	let foundit= 2
    elseif search('^\M'.curfile.".\mvba: ",'cw')
 	let foundit= 1
    elseif search('^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vba: ','cw')
@@ -433,25 +453,29 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
     let foundit = 0
    endif
    if foundit
-	let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
+	if foundit == 1
+	 let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
+	else
+	 let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vmb: ','','')
+	endif
     let s:VBRstring= substitute(exestring,'call delete(','','g')
     let s:VBRstring= substitute(s:VBRstring,"[')]",'','g')
 "	call Decho("exe ".exestring)
-	silent! keepalt keepjumps exe exestring
+	sil! keepalt keepjumps exe exestring
-	silent! keepalt keepjumps d
+	sil! keepalt keepjumps d
 	let exestring= strlen(substitute(exestring,'call delete(.\{-})|\=',"D","g"))
 "	call Decho("exestring<".exestring.">")
 	echomsg "removed ".exestring." files"
    else
     let s:VBRstring= ''
-	let curfile    = substitute(curfile,'\.vba','','')
+	let curfile    = substitute(curfile,'\.vmb','','')
 "    call Decho("unable to find <".curfile."> in .VimballRecord")
 	if !exists("s:ok_unablefind")
      call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(RmVimball) unable to find <".curfile."> in .VimballRecord")
 	endif
    endif
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps wq!
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps wq!
    let @/= keepsrch
   endif
   call s:ChgDir(curdir)
@@ -557,9 +581,19 @@ endfun
 fun! s:ChgDir(newdir)
 "  call Dfunc("ChgDir(newdir<".a:newdir.">)")
   if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
-   exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
+   try
+    exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
+   catch  /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/
+    call mkdir(fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g')))
+    exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
+   endtry
   else
-   exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
+   try
+    exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
+   catch  /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/
+    call mkdir(fnameescape(a:newdir))
+    exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
+   endtry
   endif
 "  call Dret("ChgDir : curdir<".getcwd().">")
 endfun
@@ -599,7 +633,7 @@ fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
    let cmd= expand("%:tr").": "
 "   call Decho("cmd<".cmd.">")
 
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
    setlocal ma
    $
    if exists("s:recordfile") && exists("s:recorddir")
@@ -616,8 +650,8 @@ fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
 
    " put command into buffer, write .VimballRecord `file
    keepalt keepjumps put=cmd
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps wq!
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps wq!
    call s:ChgDir(curdir)
 
    if exists("s:recorddir")
@@ -693,10 +727,11 @@ fun! vimball#SaveSettings()
   let s:repkeep = &report
   let s:vekeep  = &ve
   let s:ffkeep  = &l:ff
+  let s:swfkeep = &l:swf
   if exists("&acd")
-   setlocal ei=all ve=all noacd nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix
+   setlocal ei=all ve=all noacd nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix noswf
   else
-   setlocal ei=all ve=all       nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix
+   setlocal ei=all ve=all       nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix noswf
   endif
   " vimballs should be in unix format
   setlocal ff=unix
@@ -732,6 +767,9 @@ fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
 "  call Dret("RestoreSettings")
 endfun
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Modelines: {{{1
 " vim: fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Apr 12, 2010
+" Date:		Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:	23
+" Version:	25
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v23"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v25"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2"
@@ -103,38 +103,26 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
   set ft=tar
 
   " give header
-  let lastline= line("$")
+  call append(0, ['" zip.vim version '.g:loaded_zip,
-  call setline(lastline+1,'" zip.vim version '.g:loaded_zip)
+ \                '" Browsing zipfile '.a:zipfile,
-  call setline(lastline+2,'" Browsing zipfile '.a:zipfile)
+ \                '" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER'])
-  call setline(lastline+3,'" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER')
+  keepj $
-  $put =''
-  0d
-  $
 
 "  call Decho("exe silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -l -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1))
-  exe "silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -l -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1)
+  exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -Z -1 -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1)
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
    echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (zip#Browse) ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)." is not a zip file" | echohl None
 "   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
-   silent %d
+   keepj sil! %d
    let eikeep= &ei
    set ei=BufReadCmd,FileReadCmd
-   exe "r ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
+   exe "keepj r ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
    let &ei= eikeep
-   1d
+   keepj 1d
 "   call Dret("zip#Browse")
    return
   endif
-"  call Decho("line 6: ".getline(6))
-  let namecol= stridx(getline(6),'Name') + 1
-"  call Decho("namecol=".namecol)
-  4,$g/^\s*----/d
-  4,$g/^\s*\a/d
-  $d
-  if namecol > 0
-   exe 'silent 4,$s/^.*\%'.namecol.'c//'
-  endif
 
   setlocal noma nomod ro
   noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr> :call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
@@ -205,11 +193,12 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
 "  call Decho("fname  <".fname.">")
 
-"  call Decho("exe r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fname,1))
+"  call Decho("exe r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1))
-  exe "silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fname,1)
+  exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1)
+  filetype detect
 
   " cleanup
-  0d
+  keepj 0d
   set nomod
 
   let &report= repkeep

runtime/compiler/cs.vim

@@ -1,19 +1,26 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:	ms C#
+" Compiler:	Microsoft Visual Studio C#
-" Maintainer:	Joseph H. Yao (hyao@sina.com)
+" Maintainer:	Zhou YiChao (broken.zhou@gmail.com)
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Previous Maintainer:	Joseph H. Yao (hyao@sina.com)
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "cs"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif
 
-" default errorformat
 CompilerSet errorformat&
+CompilerSet errorformat+=%f(%l\\,%v):\ %t%*[^:]:\ %m,
+            \%trror%*[^:]:\ %m,
+            \%tarning%*[^:]:\ %m
 
-" default make
 CompilerSet makeprg=csc\ %
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/decada.vim

@@ -15,11 +15,11 @@
 "    Help Page: compiler-decada
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-if (exists("current_compiler")	    &&
+if (exists("current_compiler") && current_compiler == "decada") || version < 700
-   \ current_compiler == "decada")  ||
-   \ version < 700
    finish
 endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 let current_compiler = "decada"
 
@@ -44,6 +44,9 @@ endif
 execute "CompilerSet makeprg="     . escape (g:decada.Make_Command, ' ')
 execute "CompilerSet errorformat=" . escape (g:decada.Error_Format, ' ')
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 finish " 1}}}
 
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------

runtime/compiler/erlang.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:     Erlang
+" Maintainer:	Dmitry Vasiliev <dima at hlabs dot org>
+" Last Change:	2012-02-13
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "erlang"
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=erlc\ -Wall\ %
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:\ %m

runtime/compiler/g95.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Compiler: G95
 " Maintainer: H Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
 " Version: 0.1.3
-" Last Change: 2011 Apr 01
+" Last Change: 2012 Apr 30
 " Homepage: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3492
 "           https://bitbucket.org/xuhdev/compiler-g95.vim
 " License: Same as Vim
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ if exists('current_compiler')
     finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = 'g95'
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -21,3 +23,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
             \%-Z%trror:\ %m,
             \%-Z%tarning\ (%n):\ %m,
             \%-C%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/gcc.vim

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ endif
 let current_compiler = "gcc"
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
       \%*[^\"]\"%f\"%*\\D%l:%c:\ %m,

runtime/compiler/gfortran.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Compiler: GNU Fortran Compiler
 " Maintainer: H Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
 " Version: 0.1.3
-" Last Change: 19 March 2011
+" Last Change: 2012 Apr 30
 " Homepage: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3496
 "           https://bitbucket.org/xuhdev/compiler-gfortran.vim
 " License: Same as Vim
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ if exists('current_compiler')
     finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = 'gfortran'
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -20,3 +22,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
             \%-Z%trror:\ %m,
             \%-Z%tarning:\ %m,
             \%-C%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/gnat.vim

@@ -17,11 +17,11 @@
 "    Help Page: compiler-gnat
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-if (exists("current_compiler")	    &&
+if (exists("current_compiler")&& current_compiler == "gnat") || version < 700
-   \ current_compiler == "gnat")    ||
-   \ version < 700
    finish
 endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 let current_compiler = "gnat"
 
@@ -62,6 +62,9 @@ endif
 execute "CompilerSet makeprg="     . escape (g:gnat.Get_Command('Make'), ' ')
 execute "CompilerSet errorformat=" . escape (g:gnat.Error_Format, ' ')
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 finish " 1}}}
 
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------

runtime/compiler/hp_acc.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Compiler:	HP aCC
 " Maintainer:	Matthias Ulrich <matthias-ulrich@web.de>
 " URL:          http://www.subhome.de/vim/hp_acc.vim
-" Last Change:	2005 Nov 19
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 "
 "  aCC --version says: "HP ANSI C++ B3910B A.03.13"
 "  This compiler has been tested on:
@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "hp_acc"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -30,4 +32,7 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%A%trror\ %n\:\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\ \#\ %m,
          \%Z\ \ \ \ %p^%.%#,
          \%-C%.%#
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 " vim:ts=8:sw=4:cindent

runtime/compiler/ifort.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Compiler: Intel Fortran Compiler
 " Maintainer: H Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
 " Version: 0.1.1
-" Last Change: 19 March 2011
+" Last Change: 2012 Apr 30
 " Homepage: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3497
 "           https://bitbucket.org/xuhdev/compiler-ifort.vim
 " License: Same as Vim
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ if exists('current_compiler')
     finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = 'ifort'
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -20,3 +22,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
             \%A%f(%l):\ %tarning\ \#%n:\ %m,
             \%-Z%p^,
             \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/intel.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:     Intel C++ 7.1
 " Maintainer:   David Harrison <david_jr@users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:  2004 May 16
+" Last Change:  2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "intel"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -19,3 +21,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f(%l):\ error:\ %m,
 		    \%-Z\ \ %p^,
 		    \%-G\\s%#,
 		    \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/irix5_c.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SGI IRIX 5.3 cc
 " Maintainer:	David Harrison <david_jr@users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "irix5_c"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -19,3 +21,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=\%Ecfe:\ Error:\ %f\\,\ line\ %l:\ %m,
 		     \%-Z\ %p^,
 		     \-G\\s%#,
 		     \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/irix5_cpp.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SGI IRIX 5.3 CC or NCC
 " Maintainer:	David Harrison <david_jr@users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "irix5_cpp"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -19,3 +21,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%E\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l:\ error(%n):\ ,
 		      \%-Z\ \ %p%^,
 		      \%+C\ %\\{10}%.%#,
 		      \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/mips_c.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SGI IRIX 6.5 MIPS C (cc)
 " Maintainer:	David Harrison <david_jr@users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "mips_c"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -19,3 +21,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%Ecc\-%n\ %.%#:\ ERROR\ File\ =\ %f\%\\,\ Line\ =\ %l,
 		    \%-Z\ \ %p^,
 		    \%-G\\s%#,
 		    \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/mipspro_c89.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SGI IRIX 6.5 MIPSPro C (c89)
 " Maintainer:	David Harrison <david_jr@users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "mipspro_c89"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -20,3 +22,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%Ecc\-%n\ %.%#:\ ERROR\ File\ =\ %f\%\\,\ Line\ =\ %l,
 		    \%+C\ \ %m,
 		    \%-G\\s%#,
 		    \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/mipspro_cpp.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SGI IRIX 6.5 MIPSPro C++ (CC)
 " Maintainer:	David Harrison <david_jr@users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "mipspro_cpp"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -19,3 +21,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%Ecc\-%n\ %.%#:\ ERROR\ File\ =\ %f\%\\,\ Line\ =\ %l,
 		    \%-Z\ \ %p^,
 		    \%-G\\s%#,
 		    \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/rst.vim

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ endif
 let current_compiler = "rst"
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
 setlocal errorformat=
       \%f:%l:\ (%tEBUG/0)\ %m,

runtime/compiler/tex.vim

@@ -1,11 +1,13 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:     TeX
 " Maintainer:   Artem Chuprina <ran@ran.pp.ru>
-" Last Change:  2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:  2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
 	finish
 endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -30,9 +32,6 @@ else
 	let current_compiler = 'make'
 endif
 
-let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
-
 " Value errorformat are taken from vim help, see :help errorformat-LaTeX, with
 " addition from Srinath Avadhanula <srinath@fastmail.fm>
 CompilerSet errorformat=%E!\ LaTeX\ %trror:\ %m,
@@ -64,5 +63,5 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%E!\ LaTeX\ %trror:\ %m,
 	\%+Q%*[^()])%r,
 	\%+Q[%\\d%*[^()])%r
 
-let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
-unlet s:cpo_save
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 22
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ files matching *.c.  You can also use autocommands to implement advanced
 features, such as editing compressed files (see |gzip-example|).  The usual
 place to put autocommands is in your .vimrc or .exrc file.
 
-							*E203* *E204* *E143*
+						*E203* *E204* *E143* *E855*
 WARNING: Using autocommands is very powerful, and may lead to unexpected side
 effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 - It's a good idea to do some testing on an expendable copy of a file first.
@@ -299,6 +299,8 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |InsertEnter|		starting Insert mode
 |InsertChange|		when typing <Insert> while in Insert or Replace mode
 |InsertLeave|		when leaving Insert mode
+|InsertCharPre|		when a character was typed in Insert mode, before
+			inserting it
 
 |ColorScheme|		after loading a color scheme
 
@@ -446,6 +448,9 @@ BufWriteCmd			Before writing the whole buffer to a file.
 				'modified' if successful, unless '+' is in
 				'cpo' and writing to another file |cpo-+|.
 				The buffer contents should not be changed.
+				When the command resets 'modified' the undo
+				information is adjusted to mark older undo
+				states as 'modified', like |:write| does.
 				|Cmd-event|
 							*BufWritePost*
 BufWritePost			After writing the whole buffer to a file
@@ -506,6 +511,7 @@ CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal mode.
 				not expect or that is slow.
 							*CursorMovedI*
 CursorMovedI			After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
+				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
 				Otherwise the same as CursorMoved.
 							*EncodingChanged*
 EncodingChanged			Fires off after the 'encoding' option has been
@@ -657,6 +663,17 @@ InsertChange			When typing <Insert> while in Insert or
 				indicates the new mode.
 				Be careful not to move the cursor or do
 				anything else that the user does not expect.
+							*InsertCharPre*
+InsertCharPre			When a character is typed in Insert mode,
+				before inserting the char.
+				The |v:char| variable indicates the char typed
+				and can be changed during the event to insert
+				a different character.  When |v:char| is set
+				to more than one character this text is
+				inserted literally.
+				It is not allowed to change the text |textlock|.
+				The event is not triggered when 'paste' is
+				set.
 							*InsertEnter*
 InsertEnter			Just before starting Insert mode.  Also for
 				Replace mode and Virtual Replace mode.  The
@@ -682,7 +699,10 @@ MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 				|:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|,
 				|:lgrepadd|, |:vimgrep|, |:lvimgrep|,
-				|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|, |:cscope|).
+				|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|, |:cscope|,
+				|:cfile|, |:cgetfile|, |:caddfile|, |:lfile|,
+				|:lgetfile|, |:laddfile|, |:helpgrep|,
+				|:lhelpgrep|).
 				The pattern is matched against the command
 				being run.  When |:grep| is used but 'grepprg'
 				is set to "internal" it still matches "grep".
@@ -693,7 +713,10 @@ QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 							*QuickFixCmdPost*
 QuickFixCmdPost			Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
 				command is run, before jumping to the first
-				location.  See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
+				location. For |:cfile| and |:lfile| commands
+				it is run after error file is read and before
+				moving to the first error. 
+				See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
 							*RemoteReply*
 RemoteReply			When a reply from a Vim that functions as
 				server was received |server2client()|.  The
@@ -786,7 +809,10 @@ TermChanged			After the value of 'term' has changed.  Useful
 TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				the terminal.  The value of |v:termresponse|
 				can be used to do things depending on the
-				terminal version.
+				terminal version.  Note that this event may be
+				triggered halfway executing another event,
+				especially if file I/O, a shell command or
+				anything else that takes time is involved.
 							*User*
 User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				autocommands that are only executed with
@@ -1032,7 +1058,7 @@ Note that the 'eventignore' option applies here too.  Events listed in this
 option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 
 					*:do* *:doau* *:doautocmd* *E217*
-:do[autocmd] [group] {event} [fname]
+:do[autocmd] [<nomodeline>] [group] {event} [fname]
 			Apply the autocommands matching [fname] (default:
 			current file name) for {event} to the current buffer.
 			You can use this when the current file name does not
@@ -1041,8 +1067,8 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 			It's possible to use this inside an autocommand too,
 			so you can base the autocommands for one extension on
 			another extension.  Example: >
-				:au Bufenter *.cpp so ~/.vimrc_cpp
+				:au BufEnter *.cpp so ~/.vimrc_cpp
-				:au Bufenter *.cpp doau BufEnter x.c
+				:au BufEnter *.cpp doau BufEnter x.c
 <			Be careful to avoid endless loops.  See
 			|autocmd-nested|.
 
@@ -1051,14 +1077,17 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 			argument is included, Vim executes only the matching
 			autocommands for that group.  Note: if you use an
 			undefined group name, Vim gives you an error message.
-
+							*<nomodeline>*
 			After applying the autocommands the modelines are
 			processed, so that their settings overrule the
 			settings from autocommands, like what happens when
-			editing a file.
+			editing a file. This is skipped when the <nomodeline>
+			argument is present. You probably want to use
+			<nomodeline> for events that are not used when loading
+			a buffer, such as |User|.
 
 						*:doautoa* *:doautoall*
-:doautoa[ll] [group] {event} [fname]
+:doautoa[ll] [<nomodeline>] [group] {event} [fname]
 			Like ":doautocmd", but apply the autocommands to each
 			loaded buffer.  Note that [fname] is used to select
 			the autocommands, not the buffers to which they are

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 25
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ For inserting text see |insert.txt|.
 			"D" deletes the highlighted text plus all text until
 			the end of the line.  {not in Vi}
 
-						*:d* *:de* *:del* *:delete*
+					*:d* *:de* *:del* *:delete* *:dl*
 :[range]d[elete] [x]	Delete [range] lines (default: current line) [into
 			register x].
 
@@ -80,15 +80,16 @@ For inserting text see |insert.txt|.
 			(default: current line |cmdline-ranges|) [into
 			register x].
 
-These commands delete text.  You can repeat them with the "." command
+These commands delete text.  You can repeat them with the `.` command
-(except ":d") and undo them.  Use Visual mode to delete blocks of text.  See
+(except `:d`) and undo them.  Use Visual mode to delete blocks of text.  See
 |registers| for an explanation of registers.
 
 An exception for the d{motion} command: If the motion is not linewise, the
 start and end of the motion are not in the same line, and there are only
 blanks before the start and after the end of the motion, the delete becomes
 linewise.  This means that the delete also removes the line of blanks that you
-might expect to remain.
+might expect to remain. Use the |o_v| operator to force the motion to be
+characterwise.
 
 Trying to delete an empty region of text (e.g., "d0" in the first column)
 is an error when 'cpoptions' includes the 'E' flag.
@@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ gJ			Join [count] lines, with a minimum of two lines.
 			See |ex-flags| for [flags].
 
 These commands delete the <EOL> between lines.  This has the effect of joining
-multiple lines into one line.  You can repeat these commands (except ":j") and
+multiple lines into one line.  You can repeat these commands (except `:j`) and
 undo them.
 
 These commands, except "gJ", insert one space in place of the <EOL> unless
@@ -259,6 +260,12 @@ r{char}			Replace the character under the cursor with {char}.
 			<CR>.  CTRL-V <NL> replaces with a <Nul>.
 			{Vi: CTRL-V <CR> still replaces with a line break,
 			cannot replace something with a <CR>}
+
+			If {char} is CTRL-E or CTRL-Y the character from the
+			line below or above is used, just like with |i_CTRL-E|
+			and |i_CTRL-Y|.  This also works with a count, thus
+			`10r<C-E>` copies 10 characters from the line below.
+
 			If you give a [count], Vim replaces [count] characters
 			with [count] {char}s.  When {char} is a <CR> or <NL>,
 			however, Vim inserts only one <CR>: "5r<CR>" replaces
@@ -464,9 +471,9 @@ much as possible to make the indent.  You can use ">><<" to replace an indent
 made out of spaces with the same indent made out of <Tab>s (and a few spaces
 if necessary).  If the 'expandtab' option is on, Vim uses only spaces.  Then
 you can use ">><<" to replace <Tab>s in the indent by spaces (or use
-":retab!").
+`:retab!`).
 
-To move a line several 'shiftwidth's, use Visual mode or the ":" commands.
+To move a line several 'shiftwidth's, use Visual mode or the `:` commands.
 For example: >
 	Vjj4>		move three lines 4 indents to the right
 	:<<<		move current line 3 indents to the left
@@ -486,7 +493,7 @@ Examples of filters are "sort", which sorts lines alphabetically, and
 works like a filter; not all versions do).  The 'shell' option specifies the
 shell Vim uses to execute the filter command (See also the 'shelltype'
 option).  You can repeat filter commands with ".".  Vim does not recognize a
-comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
+comment (starting with '"') after the `:!` command.
 
 							*!*
 !{motion}{filter}	Filter {motion} text lines through the external
@@ -522,11 +529,11 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
 ={motion}		Filter {motion} lines through the external program
 			given with the 'equalprg' option.  When the 'equalprg'
 			option is empty (this is the default), use the
-			internal formatting function |C-indenting|.  But when
+			internal formatting function |C-indenting| and
-			'indentexpr' is not empty, it will be used instead
+			|'lisp'|.  But when 'indentexpr' is not empty, it will
-			|indent-expression|.  When Vim was compiled without
+			be used instead |indent-expression|.  When Vim was
-			internal formatting then the "indent" program is used
+			compiled without internal formatting then the "indent"
-			as a last resort.
+			program is used as a last resort.
 
 							*==*
 ==			Filter [count] lines like with ={motion}.
@@ -573,34 +580,34 @@ For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 			Repeat last :substitute with same search pattern and
 			substitute string, but without the same flags.  You
 			may add [flags], see |:s_flags|.
-			Note that after ":substitute" the '&' flag can't be
+			Note that after `:substitute` the '&' flag can't be
 			used, it's recognized as a pattern separator.
-			The space between ":substitute" and the 'c', 'g' and
+			The space between `:substitute` and the 'c', 'g' and
 			'r' flags isn't required, but in scripts it's a good
 			idea to keep it to avoid confusion.
 
 :[range]~[&][flags] [count]					*:~*
 			Repeat last substitute with same substitute string
 			but with last used search pattern.  This is like
-			":&r".  See |:s_flags| for [flags].
+			`:&r`.  See |:s_flags| for [flags].
 
 								*&*
-&			Synonym for ":s" (repeat last substitute).  Note
+&			Synonym for `:s` (repeat last substitute).  Note
 			that the flags are not remembered, thus it might
-			actually work differently.  You can use ":&&" to keep
+			actually work differently.  You can use `:&&` to keep
 			the flags.
 
 								*g&*
-g&			Synonym for ":%s//~/&" (repeat last substitute on all
+g&			Synonym for `:%s//~/&` (repeat last substitute on all
 			lines with the same flags).
 			Mnemonic: global substitute. {not in Vi}
 
 						*:snomagic* *:sno*
-:[range]sno[magic] ...	Same as ":substitute", but always use 'nomagic'.
+:[range]sno[magic] ...	Same as `:substitute`, but always use 'nomagic'.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 						*:smagic* *:sm*
-:[range]sm[agic] ...	Same as ":substitute", but always use 'magic'.
+:[range]sm[agic] ...	Same as `:substitute`, but always use 'magic'.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 							*:s_flags*
@@ -610,7 +617,7 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
 	command.  Examples: >
 		:&&
 		:s/this/that/&
-<	Note that ":s" and ":&" don't keep the flags.
+<	Note that `:s` and `:&` don't keep the flags.
 	{not in Vi}
 
 [c]	Confirm each substitution.  Vim highlights the matching string (with
@@ -666,14 +673,14 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
 
 [l]	Like [p] but print the text like |:list|.
 
-[r]	Only useful in combination with ":&" or ":s" without arguments.  ":&r"
+[r]	Only useful in combination with `:&` or `:s` without arguments.  `:&r`
-	works the same way as ":~":  When the search pattern is empty, use the
+	works the same way as `:~`:  When the search pattern is empty, use the
 	previously used search pattern instead of the search pattern from the
-	last substitute or ":global".  If the last command that did a search
+	last substitute or `:global`.  If the last command that did a search
-	was a substitute or ":global", there is no effect.  If the last
+	was a substitute or `:global`, there is no effect.  If the last
 	command was a search command such as "/", use the pattern from that
 	command.
-	For ":s" with an argument this already happens: >
+	For `:s` with an argument this already happens: >
 		:s/blue/red/
 		/green
 		:s//red/   or  :~   or  :&r
@@ -690,9 +697,9 @@ reason is that the flags can only be found by skipping the pattern, and in
 order to skip the pattern the "magicness" must be known.  Catch 22!
 
 If the {pattern} for the substitute command is empty, the command uses the
-pattern from the last substitute or ":global" command.  If there is none, but
+pattern from the last substitute or `:global` command.  If there is none, but
 there is a previous search pattern, that one is used.  With the [r] flag, the
-command uses the pattern from the last substitute, ":global", or search
+command uses the pattern from the last substitute, `:global`, or search
 command.
 
 If the {string} is omitted the substitute is done as if it's empty.  Thus the
@@ -717,11 +724,13 @@ Otherwise it works on whole lines anyway.
 
 					*sub-replace-special* *:s\=*
 When the {string} starts with "\=" it is evaluated as an expression, see
-|sub-replace-expression|.  You can use that for any special characters.
+|sub-replace-expression|.  You can use that for complex replacement or special
+characters.
+
 Otherwise these characters in {string} have a special meaning:
 								*:s%*
 When {string} is equal to "%" and '/' is included with the 'cpoptions' option,
-then the {string} of the previous substitute command is used. |cpo-/|
+then the {string} of the previous substitute command is used, see |cpo-/|
 
 magic	nomagic	  action    ~
   &	  \&	  replaced with the whole matched pattern	     *s/\&*
@@ -756,6 +765,14 @@ magic	nomagic	  action    ~
       \x	  where x is any character not mentioned above:
 		  Reserved for future expansion
 
+The special meaning is also used inside the third argument {sub} of
+the |substitute()| function with the following exceptions:
+  - A % inserts a percent literally without regard to 'cpoptions'.
+  - magic is always set without regard to 'magic'.
+  - A ~ inserts a tilde literally.
+  - <CR> and \r inserts a carriage-return (CTRL-M).
+  - \<CR> does not have a special meaning. it's just one of \x.
+
 Examples: >
   :s/a\|b/xxx\0xxx/g		 modifies "a b"	     to "xxxaxxx xxxbxxx"
   :s/\([abc]\)\([efg]\)/\2\1/g	 modifies "af fa bg" to "fa fa gb"
@@ -787,17 +804,19 @@ either the first or second pattern in parentheses did not match, so either
 Substitute with an expression			*sub-replace-expression*
 						*sub-replace-\=*
 When the substitute string starts with "\=" the remainder is interpreted as an
-expression.  This does not work recursively: a substitute() function inside
+expression.  This does not work recursively: a |substitute()| function inside
 the expression cannot use "\=" for the substitute string.
 
 The special meaning for characters as mentioned at |sub-replace-special| does
-not apply except for "<CR>", "\<CR>" and "\\".  Thus in the result of the
+not apply except for "<CR>".  A <NL> character is used as a line break, you
-expression you need to use two backslashes to get one, put a backslash before a
+can get one with a double-quote string: "\n".  Prepend a backslash to get a
-<CR> you want to insert, and use a <CR> without a backslash where you want to
+real <NL> character (which will be a NUL in the file).
-break the line.
 
-For convenience a <NL> character is also used as a line break.  Prepend a
+The "\=" notation can also be used inside the third argument {sub} of
-backslash to get a real <NL> character (which will be a NUL in the file).
+|substitute()| function.  In this case, the special meaning for characters as
+mentioned at |sub-replace-special| does not apply at all. Especially, <CR> and
+<NL> are interpreted not as a line break but as a carriage-return and a
+new-line respectively.
 
 When the result is a |List| then the items are joined with separating line
 breaks.  Thus each item becomes a line, except that they can contain line
@@ -835,7 +854,7 @@ This replaces each 'E' character with a euro sign.  Read more in |<Char->|.
 
 
 4.4 Changing tabs					*change-tabs*
-							*:ret* *:retab*
+							*:ret* *:retab* *:retab!*
 :[range]ret[ab][!] [new_tabstop]
 			Replace all sequences of white-space containing a
 			<Tab> with new strings of white-space using the new
@@ -854,7 +873,7 @@ This replaces each 'E' character with a euro sign.  Read more in |<Char->|.
 			Careful: This command modifies any <Tab> characters
 			inside of strings in a C program.  Use "\t" to avoid
 			this (that's a good habit anyway).
-			":retab!" may also change a sequence of spaces by
+			`:retab!` may also change a sequence of spaces by
 			<Tab> characters, which can mess up a printf().
 			{not in Vi}
 			Not available when |+ex_extra| feature was disabled at
@@ -917,8 +936,10 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 {Visual}["x]Y		Yank the highlighted lines [into register x] (for
 			{Visual} see |Visual-mode|).  {not in Vi}
 
-							*:y* *:yank*
+							*:y* *:yank* *E850*
-:[range]y[ank] [x]	Yank [range] lines [into register x].
+:[range]y[ank] [x]	Yank [range] lines [into register x]. Yanking to the
+			"* or "+ registers is possible only when the
+			|+clipboard| feature is included.
 
 :[range]y[ank] [x] {count}
 			Yank {count} lines, starting with last line number
@@ -962,8 +983,12 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			current line).  This always works |linewise|, thus
 			this command can be used to put a yanked block as new
 			lines.
-			The cursor is left on the first non-blank in the last
+			If no register is specified, it depends on the 'cb'
-			new line.
+			option: If 'cb' contains "unnamedplus", paste from the
+			+ register |quoteplus|.  Otherwise, if 'cb' contains
+			"unnamed", paste from the * register |quotestar|.
+			Otherwise, paste from the unnamed register
+			|quote_quote|.
 			The register can also be '=' followed by an optional
 			expression.  The expression continues until the end of
 			the command.  You need to escape the '|' and '"'
@@ -1168,7 +1193,7 @@ nothing is returned.  {not in Vi}
 
 9. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
 Contains the most recent search-pattern.  This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
-It is writable with ":let", you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
+It is writable with `:let`, you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
 other matches without actually searching.  You can't yank or delete into this
 register.  The search direction is available in |v:searchforward|.
 Note that the valued is restored when returning from a function
@@ -1176,12 +1201,12 @@ Note that the valued is restored when returning from a function
 {not in Vi}
 
 							*@/*
-You can write to a register with a ":let" command |:let-@|.  Example: >
+You can write to a register with a `:let` command |:let-@|.  Example: >
 	:let @/ = "the"
 
 If you use a put command without specifying a register, Vim uses the register
 that was last filled (this is also the contents of the unnamed register).  If
-you are confused, use the ":dis" command to find out what Vim will put (this
+you are confused, use the `:dis` command to find out what Vim will put (this
 command displays all named and numbered registers; the unnamed register is
 labelled '"').
 
@@ -1388,16 +1413,19 @@ before typing anything else on the new line.  This will replace the
 middle-comment leader with the end-comment leader and apply any specified
 alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit BackSpace first.
 
+When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a maching end part
+which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
+without requiring the middle part to end with a space.
 
 Here is an example of alignment flags at work to make a comment stand out
-(kind of looks like a 1 too). Consider comment string >
+(kind of looks like a 1 too). Consider comment string: >
-	sr:/***,m:**,ex2:******/
+	:set comments=sr:/***,m:**,ex-2:******/
-
+<
-                                   /***
+                                   /*** ~
-                                     **<--right aligned from "r" flag
+                                     **<--right aligned from "r" flag ~
-                                     **
+                                     ** ~
-offset 2 spaces from the "2" flag--->**
+offset 2 spaces for the "-2" flag--->** ~
-                                   ******/
+                                   ******/ ~
 In this case, the first comment was typed, then return was pressed 4 times,
 then "/" was pressed to end the comment.
 
@@ -1415,8 +1443,8 @@ Reindenting using a different method like |gq| or |=| will not consult
 alignment flags either. The same behaviour can be defined in those other
 formatting options. One consideration is that 'cindent' has additional options
 for context based indenting of comments but cannot replicate many three piece
-indent alignments.  However, 'indentexpr' is has the ability to work better
+indent alignments.  However, 'indentexpr' has the ability to work better with
-with three piece comments.
+three piece comments.
 
 Other examples: >
    "b:*"	Includes lines starting with "*", but not if the "*" is
@@ -1494,6 +1522,12 @@ B	When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multi-byte
 	characters.  Overruled by the 'M' flag.
 1	Don't break a line after a one-letter word.  It's broken before it
 	instead (if possible).
+j	Where it makes sense, remove a comment leader when joining lines.  For
+	example, joining:
+		int i;   // the index ~
+		         // in the list ~
+	Becomes:
+		int i;   // the index in the list ~
 
 
 With 't' and 'c' you can specify when Vim performs auto-wrapping:
@@ -1537,7 +1571,7 @@ Some examples:
 	:set fo=tcrq
 <
 
-Automatic formatting					*auto-format*
+Automatic formatting				*auto-format* *autoformat*
 
 When the 'a' flag is present in 'formatoptions' text is formatted
 automatically when inserting text or deleting text.  This works nice for
@@ -1646,7 +1680,7 @@ found here: |sort()|.
 			last search pattern is used.  This allows trying out
 			a pattern first.
 
-Note that using ":sort" with ":global" doesn't sort the matching lines, it's
+Note that using `:sort` with `:global` doesn't sort the matching lines, it's
 quite useless.
 
 The details about sorting depend on the library function used.  There is no

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Mar 27
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -330,12 +330,12 @@ terminals)
 
 :his[tory] [{name}] [{first}][, [{last}]]
 		List the contents of history {name} which can be:
-		c[md]	 or :	command-line history
+		c[md]	 or :		command-line history
-		s[earch] or /	search string history
+		s[earch] or / or ?	search string history
-		e[xpr]	 or =	expression register history
+		e[xpr]	 or =		expression register history
-		i[nput]	 or @	input line history
+		i[nput]	 or @		input line history
-		d[ebug]	 or >	debug command history
+		d[ebug]	 or >		debug command history
-		a[ll]		all of the above
+		a[ll]			all of the above
 		{not in Vi}
 
 		If the numbers {first} and/or {last} are given, the respective
@@ -426,6 +426,8 @@ a previous version <Esc> was used).  In the pattern standard wildcards '*' and
 '?' are accepted when matching file names.  '*' matches any string, '?'
 matches exactly one character.
 
+The 'wildignorecase' option can be set to ignore case in filenames.
+
 If you like tcsh's autolist completion, you can use this mapping:
 	:cnoremap X <C-L><C-D>
 (Where X is the command key to use, <C-L> is CTRL-L and <C-D> is CTRL-D)

runtime/doc/debug.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 22
+*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ For debugging Vim scripts, functions, etc. see |debug-scripts|
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-1. Location of a crash, using gcc and gdb		*debug-gcc*
+1. Location of a crash, using gcc and gdb		*debug-gcc* *gdb*
 
 When Vim crashes in one of the test files, and you are using gcc for
 compilation, here is what you can do to find out exactly where Vim crashes.

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Dec 17
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -232,6 +232,17 @@ time		shadows global declaration
 new		C++ reserved keyword
 try		Borland C++ doesn't like it to be used as a variable.
 
+clear		Mac curses.h
+echo		Mac curses.h
+instr		Mac curses.h
+meta		Mac curses.h
+newwin		Mac curses.h
+nl		Mac curses.h
+overwrite	Mac curses.h
+refresh		Mac curses.h
+scroll		Mac curses.h
+typeahead	Mac curses.h
+
 basename()	GNU string function
 dirname()	GNU string function
 get_env_value()	Linux system function

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 08
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ in diff mode in one window and "normal" in another window.  It is also
 possible to view the changes you have made to a buffer since the file was
 loaded.  Since Vim doesn't allow having two buffers for the same file, you
 need another buffer.  This command is useful: >
-	 command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r # | 0d_ | diffthis
+	 command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_
-	 	\ | wincmd p | diffthis
+	 	\ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis
 (this is in |vimrc_example.vim|).  Use ":DiffOrig" to see the differences
 between the current buffer and the file it was loaded from.
 
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ buffer.  If you don't want a buffer to remain used for the diff do ":set
 nodiff" before hiding it.
 
 							*:diffu* *:diffupdate*
-:diffu[pdate]			Update the diff highlighting and folds.
+:diffu[pdate][!]		Update the diff highlighting and folds.
 
 Vim attempts to keep the differences updated when you make changes to the
 text.  This mostly takes care of inserted and deleted lines.  Changes within a
@@ -187,6 +187,9 @@ To force the differences to be updated use: >
 
 	:diffupdate
 
+If the ! is included Vim will check if the file was changed externally and
+needs to be reloaded.  It will prompt for each changed file, like `:checktime`
+was used.
 
 Vim will show filler lines for lines that are missing in one window but are
 present in another.  These lines were inserted in another file or deleted in

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 26
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1159,8 +1159,10 @@ MULTIPLE WINDOWS AND BUFFERS				*window-exit*
 							*:confirm* *:conf*
 :conf[irm] {command}	Execute {command}, and use a dialog when an
 			operation has to be confirmed.  Can be used on the
-			":q", ":qa" and ":w" commands (the latter to over-ride
+			|:q|, |:qa| and |:w| commands (the latter to override
-			a read-only setting).
+			a read-only setting), and any other command that can
+			fail in such a way, such as |:only|, |:buffer|,
+			|:bdelete|, etc.
 
 Examples: >
   :confirm w foo
@@ -1639,6 +1641,6 @@ There are three different types of searching:
 
    Note that completion for ":find", ":sfind", and ":tabfind" commands do not
    currently work with 'path' items that contain a url or use the double star
-   (/usr/**2) or upward search (;) notations. >
+   with depth limiter (/usr/**2) or upward search (;) notations.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Mar 18
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ done, the features in this document are not available.	See |+eval| and
 							*E712*
 There are six types of variables:
 
-Number		A 32 bit signed number.  |expr-number| *Number*
+Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number| *Number*
 		Examples:  -123  0x10  0177
 
 Float		A floating point number. |floating-point-format| *Float*
@@ -615,7 +615,6 @@ Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
 	- expr7			unary minus
 	+ expr7			unary plus
 
-
 |expr8|	expr8[expr1]		byte of a String or item of a |List|
 	expr8[expr1 : expr1]	substring of a String or sublist of a |List|
 	expr8.name		entry in a |Dictionary|
@@ -721,7 +720,8 @@ if it evaluates to true.
 			*expr-<#*  *expr-<=#* *expr-=~#* *expr-!~#*
 			*expr-==?* *expr-!=?* *expr->?*  *expr->=?*
 			*expr-<?*  *expr-<=?* *expr-=~?* *expr-!~?*
-			*expr-is*
+			*expr-is* *expr-isnot* *expr-is#* *expr-isnot#*
+			*expr-is?* *expr-isnot?*
 		use 'ignorecase'    match case	   ignore case ~
 equal			==		==#		==?
 not equal		!=		!=#		!=?
@@ -731,8 +731,8 @@ smaller than		<		<#		<?
 smaller than or equal	<=		<=#		<=?
 regexp matches		=~		=~#		=~?
 regexp doesn't match	!~		!~#		!~?
-same instance		is
+same instance		is		is#		is?
-different instance	isnot
+different instance	isnot		isnot#		isnot?
 
 Examples:
 "abc" ==# "Abc"	  evaluates to 0
@@ -753,12 +753,14 @@ recursively.  Ignoring case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
 A |Funcref| can only be compared with a |Funcref| and only "equal" and "not
 equal" can be used.  Case is never ignored.
 
-When using "is" or "isnot" with a |List| this checks if the expressions are
+When using "is" or "isnot" with a |List| or a |Dictionary| this checks if the
-referring to the same |List| instance.	A copy of a |List| is different from
+expressions are referring to the same |List| or |Dictionary| instance.  A copy
-the original |List|.  When using "is" without a |List| it is equivalent to
+of a |List| is different from the original |List|.  When using "is" without
-using "equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal".  Except that a
+a |List| or a |Dictionary| it is equivalent to using "equal", using "isnot"
-different type means the values are different.	"4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'"
+equivalent to using "not equal".  Except that a different type means the
-is false.
+values are different: "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'" is false and "0 is []" is
+false and not a error. "is#"/"isnot#" and "is?"/"isnot?" can be used to match
+and ignore case.
 
 When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
 and the comparison is done on Numbers.	This means that "0 == 'x'" is TRUE,
@@ -798,11 +800,12 @@ expr6 .	 expr6 ..	String concatenation			*expr-.*
 For |Lists| only "+" is possible and then both expr6 must be a list.  The
 result is a new list with the two lists Concatenated.
 
-expr7 *	 expr7 ..	number multiplication			*expr-star*
+expr7 *	 expr7 ..	Number multiplication			*expr-star*
-expr7 /	 expr7 ..	number division				*expr-/*
+expr7 /	 expr7 ..	Number division				*expr-/*
-expr7 %	 expr7 ..	number modulo				*expr-%*
+expr7 %	 expr7 ..	Number modulo				*expr-%*
 
 For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers.
+For bitwise operators see |and()|, |or()| and |xor()|.
 
 Note the difference between "+" and ".":
 	"123" + "456" = 579
@@ -942,7 +945,8 @@ When expr8 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
 							*expr9*
 number
 ------
-number			number constant		*expr-number*
+number			number constant			*expr-number* 
+						*hex-number* *octal-number*
 
 Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
 
@@ -1293,6 +1297,7 @@ v:beval_winnr	The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
 					*v:char* *char-variable*
 v:char		Argument for evaluating 'formatexpr' and used for the typed
 		character when using <expr> in an abbreviation |:map-<expr>|.
+		It is also used by the |InsertCharPre| event.
 
 			*v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
 v:charconvert_from
@@ -1539,13 +1544,18 @@ v:profiling	Normally zero.	Set to one after using ":profile start".
 
 					*v:progname* *progname-variable*
 v:progname	Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was
-		invoked.  Allows you to do special initialisations for "view",
+		invoked.  Allows you to do special initialisations for |view|,
-		"evim" etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim.
+		|evim| etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim.
 		Read-only.
 
 					*v:register* *register-variable*
 v:register	The name of the register in effect for the current normal mode
-		command.  If none is supplied it is the default register.
+		command (regardless of whether that command actually used a
+		register).  Or for the currently executing normal mode mapping
+		(use this in custom commands that take a register).
+		If none is supplied it is the default register '"', unless
+		'clipboard' contains "unnamed" or "unnamedplus", then it is
+		'*' or '+'.
 		Also see |getreg()| and |setreg()|
 
 					*v:scrollstart* *scrollstart-variable*
@@ -1681,6 +1691,7 @@ USAGE				RESULT	DESCRIPTION	~
 abs( {expr})			Float or Number  absolute value of {expr}
 acos( {expr})			Float	arc cosine of {expr}
 add( {list}, {item})		List	append {item} to |List| {list}
+and( {expr}, {expr})		Number  bitwise AND
 append( {lnum}, {string})	Number	append {string} below line {lnum}
 append( {lnum}, {list})		Number	append lines {list} below line {lnum}
 argc()				Number	number of files in the argument list
@@ -1738,7 +1749,8 @@ exists( {expr})			Number	TRUE if {expr} exists
 extend( {expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
 				List/Dict insert items of {expr2} into {expr1}
 exp( {expr})			Float	exponential of {expr}
-expand( {expr} [, {flag}])	String	expand special keywords in {expr}
+expand( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
+				any	expand special keywords in {expr}
 feedkeys( {string} [, {mode}])	Number	add key sequence to typeahead buffer
 filereadable( {file})		Number	TRUE if {file} is a readable file
 filewritable( {file})		Number	TRUE if {file} is a writable file
@@ -1760,7 +1772,7 @@ foldtext( )			String	line displayed for closed fold
 foldtextresult( {lnum})		String	text for closed fold at {lnum}
 foreground( )			Number	bring the Vim window to the foreground
 function( {name})		Funcref reference to function {name}
-garbagecollect( [at_exit])	none	free memory, breaking cyclic references
+garbagecollect( [{atexit}])	none	free memory, breaking cyclic references
 get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}])	any	get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
 get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}])	any	get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
 getbufline( {expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
@@ -1792,7 +1804,8 @@ gettabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {name})
 getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinposy()			Number	Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinvar( {nr}, {varname})	any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
-glob( {expr} [, {flag}])	String	expand file wildcards in {expr}
+glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
+				any	expand file wildcards in {expr}
 globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {flag}])
 				String	do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
 has( {feature})			Number	TRUE if feature {feature} supported
@@ -1819,6 +1832,7 @@ inputrestore()			Number	restore typeahead
 inputsave()			Number	save and clear typeahead
 inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String  like input() but hiding the text
 insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List	insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
+invert( {expr})			Number  bitwise invert
 isdirectory( {directory})	Number	TRUE if {directory} is a directory
 islocked( {expr})		Number	TRUE if {expr} is locked
 items( {dict})			List	key-value pairs in {dict}
@@ -1833,9 +1847,11 @@ lispindent( {lnum})		Number	Lisp indent for line {lnum}
 localtime()			Number	current time
 log( {expr})			Float	natural logarithm (base e) of {expr}
 log10( {expr})			Float	logarithm of Float {expr} to base 10
+luaeval( {expr}[, {expr}])	any	evaluate |Lua| expression
 map( {expr}, {string})		List/Dict  change each item in {expr} to {expr}
 maparg( {name}[, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])
-				String	rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
+				String or Dict
+					rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
 mapcheck( {name}[, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
 				String	check for mappings matching {name}
 match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
@@ -1858,6 +1874,7 @@ mode( [expr])			String	current editing mode
 mzeval( {expr})			any	evaluate |MzScheme| expression
 nextnonblank( {lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
 nr2char( {expr})		String	single char with ASCII value {expr}
+or( {expr}, {expr})		Number  bitwise OR
 pathshorten( {expr})		String	shorten directory names in a path
 pow( {x}, {y})			Float	{x} to the power of {y}
 prevnonblank( {lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
@@ -1916,7 +1933,8 @@ shellescape( {string} [, {special}])
 simplify( {filename})		String	simplify filename as much as possible
 sin( {expr})			Float	sine of {expr}
 sinh( {expr})			Float	hyperbolic sine of {expr}
-sort( {list} [, {func}])	List	sort {list}, using {func} to compare
+sort( {list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])
+				List	sort {list}, using {func} to compare
 soundfold( {word})		String	sound-fold {word}
 spellbadword()			String	badly spelled word at cursor
 spellsuggest( {word} [, {max} [, {capital}]])
@@ -1939,7 +1957,7 @@ strridx( {haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
 				Number	last index of {needle} in {haystack}
 strtrans( {expr})		String	translate string to make it printable
 strwidth( {expr})		Number	display cell length of the String {expr}
-submatch( {nr})			String	specific match in ":substitute"
+submatch( {nr})			String	specific match in ":s" or substitute()
 substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
 				String	all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
 synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans})	Number	syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
@@ -1980,6 +1998,7 @@ winsaveview()			Dict	save view of current window
 winwidth( {nr})			Number	width of window {nr}
 writefile( {list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
 				Number	write list of lines to file {fname}
+xor( {expr}, {expr})		Number  bitwise XOR
 
 abs({expr})							*abs()*
 		Return the absolute value of {expr}.  When {expr} evaluates to
@@ -2019,6 +2038,13 @@ add({list}, {expr})					*add()*
 		Use |insert()| to add an item at another position.
 
 
+and({expr}, {expr})					*and()*
+		Bitwise AND on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
+		to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
+		Example: >
+			:let flag = and(bits, 0x80)
+
+
 append({lnum}, {expr})					*append()*
 		When {expr} is a |List|: Append each item of the |List| as a
 		text line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
@@ -2270,7 +2296,8 @@ char2nr({expr})						*char2nr()*
 <		The current 'encoding' is used.  Example for "utf-8": >
 			char2nr("<22>")		returns 225
 			char2nr("<22>"[0])		returns 195
-<		|nr2char()| does the opposite.
+<		A combining character is a separate character.
+		|nr2char()| does the opposite.
 
 cindent({lnum})						*cindent()*
 		Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C
@@ -2290,7 +2317,7 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 		position given with {expr}.  The accepted positions are:
 		    .	    the cursor position
 		    $	    the end of the cursor line (the result is the
-			    number of characters in the cursor line plus one)
+			    number of bytes in the cursor line plus one)
 		    'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
 			    returned)
 		Additionally {expr} can be [lnum, col]: a |List| with the line
@@ -2721,13 +2748,15 @@ exp({expr})						*exp()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
 
 
-expand({expr} [, {flag}])				*expand()*
+expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 		Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in {expr}.
-		The result is a String.  'wildignorecase' applies.
+		'wildignorecase' applies.
 
-		When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
+		If {list} is given and it is non-zero, a List will be returned.
-		characters.  [Note: in version 5.0 a space was used, which
+		Otherwise the result is a String and when there are several
-		caused problems when a file name contains a space]
+		matches, they are separated by <NL> characters.  [Note: in
+		version 5.0 a space was used, which caused problems when a
+		file name contains a space]
 
 		If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.	A name
 		for a non-existing file is not included.
@@ -2781,10 +2810,10 @@ expand({expr} [, {flag}])				*expand()*
 		When {expr} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
 		expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
 		'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional
-		{flag} argument is given and it is non-zero.  Names for
+		{nosuf} argument is given and it is non-zero.
-		non-existing files are included.  The "**" item can be used to
+		Names for non-existing files are included.  The "**" item can
-		search in a directory tree.  For example, to find all "README"
+		be used to search in a directory tree.  For example, to find
-		files in the current directory and below: >
+		all "README" files in the current directory and below: >
 			:echo expand("**/README")
 <
 		Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
@@ -3057,7 +3086,7 @@ function({name})					*function()* *E700*
 		{name} can be a user defined function or an internal function.
 
 
-garbagecollect([at_exit])				*garbagecollect()*
+garbagecollect([{atexit}])				*garbagecollect()*
 		Cleanup unused |Lists| and |Dictionaries| that have circular
 		references.  There is hardly ever a need to invoke this
 		function, as it is automatically done when Vim runs out of
@@ -3067,7 +3096,7 @@ garbagecollect([at_exit])				*garbagecollect()*
 		This is useful if you have deleted a very big |List| and/or
 		|Dictionary| with circular references in a script that runs
 		for a long time.
-		When the optional "at_exit" argument is one, garbage
+		When the optional {atexit} argument is one, garbage
 		collection will also be done when exiting Vim, if it wasn't
 		done before.  This is useful when checking for memory leaks.
 
@@ -3143,6 +3172,8 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 		one-byte character it is the character itself as a number.
 		Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
 
+		Use getcharmod() to obtain any additional modifiers.
+
 		When the user clicks a mouse button, the mouse event will be
 		returned.  The position can then be found in |v:mouse_col|,
 		|v:mouse_lnum| and |v:mouse_win|.  This example positions the
@@ -3181,10 +3212,11 @@ getcharmod()						*getcharmod()*
 			2	shift
 			4	control
 			8	alt (meta)
-			16	mouse double click
+			16	meta (when it's different from ALT)
-			32	mouse triple click
+			32	mouse double click
-			64	mouse quadruple click
+			64	mouse triple click
-			128	Macintosh only: command
+			96	mouse quadruple click (== 32 + 64)
+			128	command (Macintosh only)
 		Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
 		character itself are obtained.	Thus Shift-a results in "A"
 		without a modifier.
@@ -3201,7 +3233,8 @@ getcmdpos()						*getcmdpos()*
 		Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a
 		byte count.  The first column is 1.
 		Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
-		|c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|.  Returns 0 otherwise.
+		|c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=| or an expression mapping.
+		Returns 0 otherwise.
 		Also see |getcmdtype()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
 
 getcmdtype()						*getcmdtype()*
@@ -3214,8 +3247,8 @@ getcmdtype()						*getcmdtype()*
 		    @	|input()| command
 		    -	|:insert| or |:append| command
 		Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
-		|c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|.  Returns an empty string
+		|c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=| or an expression mapping.
-		otherwise.
+		Returns an empty string otherwise.
 		Also see |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
 
 							*getcwd()*
@@ -3428,19 +3461,25 @@ getwinvar({winnr}, {varname})				*getwinvar()*
 			:let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
 			:echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
 <
-glob({expr} [, {flag}])					*glob()*
+glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
 		Expand the file wildcards in {expr}.  See |wildcards| for the
 		use of special characters.
-		The result is a String.
+
-		When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
+		Unless the optional {nosuf} argument is given and is non-zero,
-		characters.
-		Unless the optional {flag} argument is given and is non-zero,
 		the 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' options apply: Names matching
 		one of the patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped and
 		'suffixes' affect the ordering of matches.
 		'wildignorecase' always applies.
-		If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.
+
-		A name for a non-existing file is not included.
+		When {list} is present and it is non-zero the result is a List
+		with all matching files. The advantage of using a List is,
+		you also get filenames containing newlines correctly.
+		Otherwise the result is a String and when there are several
+		matches, they are separated by <NL> characters.
+
+		If the expansion fails, the result is an empty String or List.
+		A name for a non-existing file is not included.  A symbolic
+		link is only included if it points to an existing file.
 
 		For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
 		any external command.  Example: >
@@ -3774,6 +3813,11 @@ insert({list}, {item} [, {idx}])			*insert()*
 		Note that when {item} is a |List| it is inserted as a single
 		item.  Use |extend()| to concatenate |Lists|.
 
+invert({expr})						*invert()*
+		Bitwise invert.  The argument is converted to a number.  A
+		List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.  Example: >
+			:let bits = invert(bits)
+
 isdirectory({directory})				*isdirectory()*
 		The result is a Number, which is non-zero when a directory
 		with the name {directory} exists.  If {directory} doesn't
@@ -3912,11 +3956,12 @@ line2byte({lnum})					*line2byte()*
 		Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
 		{lnum}.  This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
 		the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer.  The first
-		line returns 1.
+		line returns 1. 'encoding' matters, 'fileencoding' is ignored.
 		This can also be used to get the byte count for the line just
 		below the last line: >
 			line2byte(line("$") + 1)
-<		This is the file size plus one.
+<		This is the buffer size plus one.  If 'fileencoding' is empty
+		it is the file size plus one.
 		When {lnum} is invalid, or the |+byte_offset| feature has been
 		disabled at compile time, -1 is returned.
 		Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.
@@ -3956,6 +4001,20 @@ log10({expr})						*log10()*
 <			-2.0
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
 		
+luaeval({expr}[, {expr}])					*luaeval()*
+		Evaluate Lua expression {expr} and return its result converted 
+		to Vim data structures. Second {expr} may hold additional 
+		argument accessible as _A inside first {expr}.
+		Strings are returned as they are.
+		Boolean objects are converted to numbers.
+		Numbers are converted to |Float| values if vim was compiled 
+		with |+float| and to numbers otherwise.
+		Dictionaries and lists obtained by vim.eval() are returned 
+		as-is.
+		Other objects are returned as zero without any errors.
+		See |lua-luaeval| for more details.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+lua| feature}
+
 map({expr}, {string})					*map()*
 		{expr} must be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.
 		Replace each item in {expr} with the result of evaluating
@@ -4074,6 +4133,7 @@ match({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])			*match()*
 		{pat} matches.
 		A match at the first character or |List| item returns zero.
 		If there is no match -1 is returned.
+		For getting submatches see |matchlist()|.
 		Example: >
 			:echo match("testing", "ing")	" results in 4
 			:echo match([1, 'x'], '\a')	" results in 1
@@ -4279,7 +4339,7 @@ mode([expr])	Return a string that indicates the current mode.
 
 mzeval({expr})							*mzeval()*
 		Evaluate MzScheme expression {expr} and return its result
-		convert to Vim data structures.
+		converted to Vim data structures.
 		Numbers and strings are returned as they are.
 		Pairs (including lists and improper lists) and vectors are
 		returned as Vim |Lists|.
@@ -4338,6 +4398,13 @@ getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
 			call setpos('.', save_cursor)
 <		Also see |setpos()|.
 
+or({expr}, {expr})					*or()*
+		Bitwise OR on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
+		to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
+		Example: >
+			:let bits = or(bits, 0x80)
+
+
 pathshorten({expr})					*pathshorten()*
 		Shorten directory names in the path {expr} and return the
 		result.  The tail, the file name, is kept as-is.  The other
@@ -4776,6 +4843,10 @@ search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])	*search()*
 		Search for regexp pattern {pattern}.  The search starts at the
 		cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
 
+		If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
+		move.  No error message is given.
+		When a match has been found its line number is returned.
+
 		{flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
 		'b'	search backward instead of forward
 		'c'	accept a match at the cursor position
@@ -4803,15 +4874,12 @@ search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])	*search()*
 		A zero value is equal to not giving the argument.
 
 		When the {timeout} argument is given the search stops when
-		more than this many milli seconds have passed.	Thus when
+		more than this many milliseconds have passed.	Thus when
 		{timeout} is 500 the search stops after half a second.
 		The value must not be negative.  A zero value is like not
 		giving the argument.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+reltime| feature}
 
-		If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
-		move.  No error message is given.
-		When a match has been found its line number is returned.
 							*search()-sub-match*
 		With the 'p' flag the returned value is one more than the
 		first sub-match in \(\).  One if none of them matched but the
@@ -5030,7 +5098,8 @@ setcmdpos({pos})					*setcmdpos()*
 		line.
 
 setline({lnum}, {text})					*setline()*
-		Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {text}.
+		Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {text}.  To insert
+		lines use |append()|.
 		{lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
 		When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
 		added as a new line.
@@ -5041,7 +5110,7 @@ setline({lnum}, {text})					*setline()*
 		will be set to the items in the list.  Example: >
 			:call setline(5, ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc'])
 <		This is equivalent to: >
-			:for [n, l] in [[5, 6, 7], ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc']]
+			:for [n, l] in [[5, 'aaa'], [6, 'bbb'], [7, 'ccc']]
 			:  call setline(n, l)
 			:endfor
 <		Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
@@ -5271,7 +5340,7 @@ sinh({expr})						*sinh()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
 
 
-sort({list} [, {func}])					*sort()* *E702*
+sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
 		Sort the items in {list} in-place.  Returns {list}.  If you
 		want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
 			:let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
@@ -5279,6 +5348,8 @@ sort({list} [, {func}])					*sort()* *E702*
 		Numbers sort after Strings, |Lists| after Numbers.
 		For sorting text in the current buffer use |:sort|.
 		When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
+		{dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute.  It will be
+		used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
 		When {func} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
 		is called to compare items.  The function is invoked with two
 		items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 or
@@ -5550,9 +5621,11 @@ strwidth({expr})					*strwidth()*
 		Also see |strlen()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strchars()|.
 
 submatch({nr})						*submatch()*
-		Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command.  Returns
+		Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command or
-		the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text.  When {nr} is 0
+		substitute() function.
-		the whole matched text is returned.
+		Returns the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text.  When {nr}
+		is 0 the whole matched text is returned.
+		Also see |sub-replace-expression|.
 		Example: >
 			:s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
 <		This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
@@ -5560,26 +5633,35 @@ submatch({nr})						*submatch()*
 
 substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})		*substitute()*
 		The result is a String, which is a copy of {expr}, in which
-		the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}.  This works
+		the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}.
-		like the ":substitute" command (without any flags).  But the
+		When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are
-		matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic' option is
+		replaced.  Otherwise {flags} should be "".
-		set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts portable).
+		
-		'ignorecase' is still relevant.  'smartcase' is not used.
+		This works like the ":substitute" command (without any flags).
-		See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
+		But the matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic'
-		And a "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
+		option is set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts
+		portable).  'ignorecase' is still relevant.  'smartcase' is
+		not used.  See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
+
+		A "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
 		Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
 		|sub-replace-special|.	For example, to replace something with
 		"\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'.
+
 		When {pat} does not match in {expr}, {expr} is returned
 		unmodified.
-		When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are
+
-		replaced.  Otherwise {flags} should be "".
 		Example: >
 			:let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "")
 <		This removes the last component of the 'path' option. >
 			:echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "")
 <		results in "TESTING".
 
+		When {sub} starts with "\=", the remainder is interpreted as
+		an expression. See |sub-replace-expression|.  Example: >
+			:echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)',
+			   \ '\=nr2char("0x" . submatch(1))', 'g')
+
 synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans})				*synID()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the syntax ID at the position
 		{lnum} and {col} in the current window.
@@ -5717,9 +5799,9 @@ tabpagebuflist([{arg}])					*tabpagebuflist()*
 		omitted the current tab page is used.
 		When {arg} is invalid the number zero is returned.
 		To get a list of all buffers in all tabs use this: >
-			tablist = []
+			let buflist = []
 			for i in range(tabpagenr('$'))
-			   call extend(tablist, tabpagebuflist(i + 1))
+			   call extend(buflist, tabpagebuflist(i + 1))
 			endfor
 <		Note that a buffer may appear in more than one window.
 
@@ -5882,6 +5964,8 @@ undofile({name})					*undofile()*
 		the undo file exists.
 		{name} is always expanded to the full path, since that is what
 		is used internally.
+		If {name} is empty undofile() returns an empty string, since a
+		buffer without a file name will not write an undo file.
 		Useful in combination with |:wundo| and |:rundo|.
 		When compiled without the +persistent_undo option this always
 		returns an empty string.
@@ -5941,13 +6025,13 @@ virtcol({expr})						*virtcol()*
 		would be of unlimited width.  When there is a <Tab> at the
 		position, the returned Number will be the column at the end of
 		the <Tab>.  For example, for a <Tab> in column 1, with 'ts'
-		set to 8, it returns 8.
+		set to 8, it returns 8. |conceal| is ignored.
 		For the byte position use |col()|.
 		For the use of {expr} see |col()|.
 		When 'virtualedit' is used {expr} can be [lnum, col, off], where
 		"off" is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
 		character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
-		character.
+		character.  When "off" is omitted zero is used.
 		When Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
 		beyond the end of the line can be returned. |'virtualedit'|
 		The accepted positions are:
@@ -6099,8 +6183,16 @@ writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
 		To copy a file byte for byte: >
 			:let fl = readfile("foo", "b")
 			:call writefile(fl, "foocopy", "b")
+
+
+xor({expr}, {expr})					*xor()*
+		Bitwise XOR on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
+		to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
+		Example: >
+			:let bits = xor(bits, 0x80)
 <
 
+
 							*feature-list*
 There are three types of features:
 1.  Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
@@ -6204,6 +6296,7 @@ mouse_gpm		Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
 mouse_netterm		Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
 mouse_pterm		Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
 mouse_sysmouse		Compiled with support for sysmouse (*BSD console mouse)
+mouse_urxvt		Compiled with support for urxvt mouse.
 mouse_xterm		Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
 mouseshape		Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
 multi_byte		Compiled with support for 'encoding'
@@ -6215,14 +6308,14 @@ netbeans_enabled	Compiled with support for |netbeans| and connected.
 netbeans_intg		Compiled with support for |netbeans|.
 ole			Compiled with OLE automation support for Win32.
 os2			OS/2 version of Vim.
-osfiletype		Compiled with support for osfiletypes |+osfiletype|
 path_extra		Compiled with up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
 perl			Compiled with Perl interface.
 persistent_undo		Compiled with support for persistent undo history.
 postscript		Compiled with PostScript file printing.
 printer			Compiled with |:hardcopy| support.
 profile			Compiled with |:profile| support.
-python			Compiled with Python interface.
+python			Compiled with Python 2.x interface. |has-python|
+python3			Compiled with Python 3.x interface. |has-python|
 qnx			QNX version of Vim.
 quickfix		Compiled with |quickfix| support.
 reltime			Compiled with |reltime()| support.
@@ -6280,6 +6373,7 @@ windows			Compiled with support for more than one window.
 writebackup		Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
 xfontset		Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
 xim			Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
+xpm_w32			Compiled with pixmap support for Win32.
 xsmp			Compiled with X session management support.
 xsmp_interact		Compiled with interactive X session management support.
 xterm_clipboard		Compiled with support for xterm clipboard.
@@ -6352,7 +6446,7 @@ last defined. Example: >
 <
 See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
-							*E124* *E125*
+							*E124* *E125* *E853*
 :fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] [dict]
 			Define a new function by the name {name}.  The name
 			must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and
@@ -6613,9 +6707,9 @@ Hint: If you distribute a bunch of scripts you can pack them together with the
 ==============================================================================
 6. Curly braces names					*curly-braces-names*
 
-Wherever you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name" variable.
+In most places where you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name"
-This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions wrapped in braces
+variable.  This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions
-{} like this: >
+wrapped in braces {} like this: >
 	my_{adjective}_variable
 
 When Vim encounters this, it evaluates the expression inside the braces, puts
@@ -6651,6 +6745,11 @@ Example: >
 
 This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
 
+This does NOT work: >
+  :let i = 3
+  :let @{i} = ''  " error
+  :echo @{i}      " error
+
 ==============================================================================
 7. Commands						*expression-commands*
 

runtime/doc/evim-fr.1

@@ -54,3 +54,4 @@ Voir le menu Aide/Remerciements ou ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-26.
+Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/evim-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -54,3 +54,4 @@ Voir le menu Aide/Remerciements ou ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-26.
+Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Jul 15
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -270,6 +270,9 @@ directories!
 
 
 						*autocmd-osfiletypes*
+NOTE: this code is currently disabled, as the RISC OS implementation was
+removed.  In the future this will use the 'filetype' option.
+
 On operating systems which support storing a file type with the file, you can
 specify that an autocommand should only be executed if the file is of a
 certain type.
@@ -296,8 +299,6 @@ must both match): >
 
 This will match files of type "&fff" whose names start with "diff".
 
-Note that osfiletype checking is skipped if Vim is compiled without the
-|+osfiletype| feature.
 
 							*plugin-details*
 The "plugin" directory can be in any of the directories in the 'runtimepath'

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ level form a fold, with the lines with a higher level forming a nested fold.
 The nesting of folds is limited with 'foldnestmax'.
 
 Some lines are ignored and get the fold level of the line above or below it,
-whatever is the lowest.  These are empty or white lines and lines starting
+whichever is lower.  These are empty or white lines and lines starting
 with a character in 'foldignore'.  White space is skipped before checking for
 characters in 'foldignore'.  For C use "#" to ignore preprocessor lines.
 

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -147,6 +147,15 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
 If you are running the X Window System, you can get information about the
 window Vim is running in with this command: >
 	:!xwininfo -id $WINDOWID
+<
+							*gui-IME* *iBus*
+Input methods for international characters in X that rely on the XIM
+framework, most notably iBus, have been known to produce undesirable results
+in gVim. These may include an inability to enter spaces, or long delays
+between typing a character and it being recognized by the application.
+
+One workaround that has been successful, for unknown reasons, is to prevent
+gvim from forking into the background by starting it with the |-f| argument.
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Scrollbars						*gui-scrollbars*

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 19
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -137,6 +137,9 @@ options:
 And if there already is a gvim running:
 "Edit with existing gvim"   -- edit the file with the running gvim
 
+The "edit with existing Vim" entries can be disabled by adding an entry in the
+registry under HKLM\Software\Vim\Gvim, named DisableEditWithExisting, and with
+any value.
 						*install-registry*
 You can add the "Edit with Vim" menu entry in an easy way by using the
 "install.exe" program.  It will add several registry entries for you.

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Sep 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -53,6 +53,8 @@ When using "gvim -f" and then ":gui", Vim will run in the foreground.  The
 ":gui -b".
 
 "gvim --nofork" does the same as "gvim -f".
+								*E851* *E852*
+When starting the GUI fails Vim will try to continue running in the terminal.
 
 If you want the GUI to run in the foreground always, include the 'f'
 flag in 'guioptions'.  |-f|.

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 14
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -218,11 +218,12 @@ files.  Vim will search for all help in "doc" directories in 'runtimepath'.
 This is only available when compiled with the |+multi_lang| feature.
 
 At this moment translations are available for:
-	Chinese - multiple authors
+	Chinese  - multiple authors
-	French  - translated by David Blanchet
+	French   - translated by David Blanchet
-	Italian - translated by Antonio Colombo
+	Italian  - translated by Antonio Colombo
-	Polish  - translated by Mikolaj Machowski
+	Japanese - multiple authors
-	Russian - translated by Vassily Ragosin
+	Polish   - translated by Mikolaj Machowski
+	Russian  - translated by Vassily Ragosin
 See the Vim website to find them: http://www.vim.org/translations.php
 
 A set of translated help files consists of these files:

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 29
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -264,12 +264,22 @@ seems to be useful: >
 	:set cscopequickfix=s-,c-,d-,i-,t-,e-
 <
 							*cscopetag* *cst*
-If 'cscopetag' set, the commands ":tag" and CTRL-] as well as "vim -t" will
+If 'cscopetag' is set, the commands ":tag" and CTRL-] as well as "vim -t"
-always use |:cstag| instead of the default :tag behavior.  Effectively, by
+will always use |:cstag| instead of the default :tag behavior.  Effectively,
-setting 'cst', you will always search your cscope databases as well as your
+by setting 'cst', you will always search your cscope databases as well as
-tag files.  The default is off.  Examples: >
+your tag files.  The default is off.  Examples: >
 	:set cst
 	:set nocst
+<
+							*cscoperelative* *csre*
+If 'cscoperelative' is set, then in absence of a prefix given to cscope
+(prefix is the argument of -P option of cscope), basename of cscope.out
+location (usually the project root directory) will be used as the prefix
+to construct an absolute path.  The default is off.  Note: This option is
+only effective when cscope (cscopeprg) is initialized without a prefix
+path (-P).  Examples: >
+	:set csre
+	:set nocsre
 <
 							*cscopetagorder* *csto*
 The value of 'csto' determines the order in which |:cstag| performs a search.

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 22
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -8,8 +8,11 @@ The Lua Interface to Vim				*lua* *Lua*
 
 1. Commands			|lua-commands|
 2. The vim module		|lua-vim|
-3. Buffer userdata		|lua-buffer|
+3. List userdata		|lua-list|
-4. Window userdata		|lua-window|
+4. Dict userdata		|lua-dict|
+5. Buffer userdata		|lua-buffer|
+6. Window userdata		|lua-window|
+7. The luaeval function		|lua-luaeval|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -56,13 +59,14 @@ Example:
 <
 
 							*:luado*
-:[range]luado {body}	Execute Lua function "function (line) {body} end" for
+:[range]luado {body}	Execute Lua function "function (line, linenr) {body}
-			each line in the [range], with the function argument
+			end" for each line in the [range], with the function
-			being set to the text of each line in turn, without a
+			argument being set to the text of each line in turn,
-			trailing <EOL>. If the value returned by the function
+			without a trailing <EOL>, and the current line number.
-			is a string it becomes the text of the line in the
+			If the value returned by the function is a string it
-			current turn. The default for [range] is the whole
+			becomes the text of the line in the current turn. The
-			file: "1,$".		      {not in Vi}
+			default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$".
+							{not in Vi}
 
 Examples:
 >
@@ -88,11 +92,9 @@ Examples:
 All these commands execute a Lua chunk from either the command line (:lua and
 :luado) or a file (:luafile) with the given line [range]. Similarly to the Lua
 interpreter, each chunk has its own scope and so only global variables are
-shared between command calls. Lua default libraries "table", "string", "math",
+shared between command calls. All Lua default libraries are available. In
-and "package" are available, "io" and "debug" are not, and "os" is restricted
+addition, Lua "print" function has its output redirected to the Vim message
-to functions "date", "clock", "time", "difftime", and "getenv". In addition,
+area, with arguments separated by a white space instead of a tab.
-Lua "print" function has its output redirected to the Vim message area, with
-arguments separated by a white space instead of a tab.
 
 Lua uses the "vim" module (see |lua-vim|) to issue commands to Vim
 and manage buffers (|lua-buffer|) and windows (|lua-window|). However,
@@ -108,9 +110,9 @@ input range are stored in "vim.firstline" and "vim.lastline" respectively. The
 module also includes routines for buffer, window, and current line queries,
 Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 
-	vim.isbuffer(value)	Returns 'true' (boolean, not string) if
+	vim.list()		Returns an empty list (see |List|).
-				"value" is a buffer userdata and 'false'
+
-				otherwise (see |lua-buffer|).
+	vim.dict()		Returns an empty dictionary (see |Dictionary|).
 
 	vim.buffer([arg])	If "arg" is a number, returns buffer with
 				number "arg" in the buffer list or, if "arg"
@@ -121,16 +123,21 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 				'true' returns the first buffer in the buffer
 				list or else the current buffer.
 
-	vim.iswindow(value)	Returns 'true' (boolean, not string) if
-				"value" is a window userdata and
-				'false' otherwise (see |lua-window|).
-
 	vim.window([arg])	If "arg" is a number, returns window with
 				number "arg" or 'nil' (nil value, not string)
 				if not found. Otherwise, if "toboolean(arg)"
 				is 'true' returns the first window or else the
 				current window.
 
+	vim.type({arg})		Returns the type of {arg}. It is equivalent to
+				Lua's "type" function, but returns "list",
+				"dict", "buffer", or "window" if {arg} is a
+				list, dictionary, buffer, or window,
+				respectively. Examples: >
+					:lua l = vim.list()
+					:lua print(type(l), vim.type(l))
+					:" userdata list
+<
 	vim.command({cmd})	Executes the vim (ex-mode) command {cmd}.
 				Examples: >
 					:lua vim.command"set tw=60"
@@ -141,7 +148,7 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 				Vim strings and numbers are directly converted
 				to Lua strings and numbers respectively. Vim
 				lists and dictionaries are converted to Lua
-				tables (lists become integer-keyed tables).
+				userdata (see |lua-list| and |lua-dict|).
 				Examples: >
 					:lua tw = vim.eval"&tw"
 					:lua print(vim.eval"{'a': 'one'}".a)
@@ -157,7 +164,72 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. Buffer userdata					*lua-buffer*
+3. List userdata					*lua-list*
+
+List userdata represent vim lists, and the interface tries to follow closely
+Vim's syntax for lists. Since lists are objects, changes in list references in
+Lua are reflected in Vim and vice-versa. A list "l" has the following
+properties and methods:
+
+Properties
+----------
+	o "#l" is the number of items in list "l", equivalent to "len(l)"
+	    in Vim.
+	o "l[k]" returns the k-th item in "l"; "l" is zero-indexed, as in Vim.
+	    To modify the k-th item, simply do "l[k] = newitem"; in
+	    particular, "l[k] = nil" removes the k-th item from "l".
+	o "l()" returns an iterator for "l".
+
+Methods
+-------
+	o "l:add(item)" appends "item" to the end of "l".
+	o "l:insert(item[, pos])" inserts "item" at (optional)
+	    position "pos" in the list. The default value for "pos" is 0.
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:let l = [1, 'item']
+	:lua l = vim.eval('l') -- same 'l'
+	:lua l:add(vim.list())
+	:lua l[0] = math.pi
+	:echo l[0] " 3.141593
+	:lua l[0] = nil -- remove first item
+	:lua l:insert(true, 1)
+	:lua print(l, #l, l[0], l[1], l[-1])
+	:lua for item in l() do print(item) end
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+4. Dict userdata					*lua-dict*
+
+Similarly to list userdata, dict userdata represent vim dictionaries; since
+dictionaries are also objects, references are kept between Lua and Vim. A dict
+"d" has the following properties:
+
+Properties
+----------
+	o "#d" is the number of items in dict "d", equivalent to "len(d)"
+	    in Vim.
+	o "d.key" or "d['key']" returns the value at entry "key" in "d".
+	    To modify the entry at this key, simply do "d.key = newvalue"; in
+	    particular, "d.key = nil" removes the entry from "d".
+	o "d()" returns an iterator for "d" and is equivalent to "items(d)" in
+	    Vim.
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:let d = {'n':10}
+	:lua d = vim.eval('d') -- same 'd'
+	:lua print(d, d.n, #d)
+	:let d.self = d
+	:lua for k, v in d() do print(d, k, v) end
+	:lua d.x = math.pi
+	:lua d.self = nil -- remove entry
+	:echo d
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+5. Buffer userdata					*lua-buffer*
 
 Buffer userdata represent vim buffers. A buffer userdata "b" has the following
 properties and methods:
@@ -209,7 +281,7 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
-4. Window userdata					*lua-window*
+6. Window userdata					*lua-window*
 
 Window objects represent vim windows. A window userdata "w" has the following
 properties and methods:
@@ -241,4 +313,29 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
+7. The luaeval function					*lua-luaeval*
+
+The (dual) equivalent of "vim.eval" for passing Lua values to Vim is
+"luaeval". "luaeval" takes an expression string and an optional argument and
+returns the result of the expression. It is semantically equivalent in Lua to:
+>
+	local chunkheader = "local _A = select(1, ...) return "
+	function luaeval (expstr, arg)
+	    local chunk = assert(loadstring(chunkheader .. expstr, "luaeval"))
+	    return chunk(arg) -- return typval
+	end
+<
+Note that "_A" receives the argument to "luaeval". Examples: >
+
+	:echo luaeval('math.pi')
+	:lua a = vim.list():add('newlist')
+	:let a = luaeval('a')
+	:echo a[0] " 'newlist'
+	:function Rand(x,y) " random uniform between x and y
+	:  return luaeval('(_A.y-_A.x)*math.random()+_A.x', {'x':a:x,'y':a:y})
+	:  endfunction
+	:echo Rand(1,10)
+
+
+==============================================================================
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 20
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -222,8 +222,9 @@ Buffer objects represent vim buffers.  You can obtain them in a number of ways:
 	- from indexing vim.buffers (|python-buffers|)
 	- from the "buffer" attribute of a window (|python-window|)
 
-Buffer objects have one read-only attribute - name - the full file name for
+Buffer objects have two read-only attributes - name - the full file name for
-the buffer.  They also have three methods (append, mark, and range; see below).
+the buffer, and number - the buffer number.  They also have three methods
+(append, mark, and range; see below).
 
 You can also treat buffer objects as sequence objects.  In this context, they
 act as if they were lists (yes, they are mutable) of strings, with each
@@ -377,6 +378,18 @@ To work around such problems there are these options:
 3. You undefine PY_NO_RTLD_GLOBAL in auto/config.h after configuration.  This
    may crash Vim though.
 
+							*has-python*
+You can test what Python version is available with: >
+	if has('python')
+	  echo 'there is Python 2.x'
+  	elseif has('python3')
+	  echo 'there is Python 3.x'
+	endif
+
+Note however, that when Python 2 and 3 are both available and loaded
+dynamically, these has() calls will try to load them.  If only one can be
+loaded at a time, just checking if Python 2 or 3 are available will prevent
+the other one from being available.
 
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Mar 18
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Sep 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -128,13 +128,20 @@ have changed the indent by typing <BS>, <Tab>, or <Space> in the indent or
 used CTRL-T or CTRL-D.
 
 						*cinoptions-values*
-The 'cinoptions' option sets how Vim performs indentation.  In the list below,
+The 'cinoptions' option sets how Vim performs indentation.  The value after
+the option character can be one of these (N is any number):
+	N	indent N spaces
+	-N	indent N spaces to the left
+	Ns	N times 'shiftwidth' spaces
+	-Ns	N times 'shiftwidth' spaces to the left
+
+In the list below,
 "N" represents a number of your choice (the number can be negative).  When
 there is an 's' after the number, Vim multiplies the number by 'shiftwidth':
 "1s" is 'shiftwidth', "2s" is two times 'shiftwidth', etc.  You can use a
-decimal point, too: "-0.5s" is minus half a 'shiftwidth'.  The examples below
+decimal point, too: "-0.5s" is minus half a 'shiftwidth'.
-assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
+The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
-
+							*cino->*
 	>N    Amount added for "normal" indent.  Used after a line that should
 	      increase the indent (lines starting with "if", an opening brace,
 	      etc.).  (default 'shiftwidth').
@@ -145,6 +152,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      foo;		foo;			  foo;
 		  }		      }			  }
 <
+							*cino-e*
 	eN    Add N to the prevailing indent inside a set of braces if the
 	      opening brace at the End of the line (more precise: is not the
 	      first character in a line).  This is useful if you want a
@@ -160,6 +168,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      bar;		  bar;		      bar;
 		  }		      }			  }
 <
+							*cino-n*
 	nN    Add N to the prevailing indent for a statement after an "if",
 	      "while", etc., if it is NOT inside a set of braces.  This is
 	      useful if you want a different indent when there is no '{'
@@ -174,6 +183,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      bar;		  bar;		      bar;
 		  }		      }			  }
 <
+							*cino-f*
 	fN    Place the first opening brace of a function or other block in
 	      column N.  This applies only for an opening brace that is not
 	      inside other braces and is at the start of the line.  What comes
@@ -184,6 +194,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  {			{		      {
 		      int foo;		    int foo;		  int foo;
 <
+							*cino-{*
 	{N    Place opening braces N characters from the prevailing indent.
 	      This applies only for opening braces that are inside other
 	      braces.  (default 0).
@@ -193,6 +204,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  {			{		      {
 		      foo;		  foo;		      foo;
 <
+							*cino-}*
 	}N    Place closing braces N characters from the matching opening
 	      brace.  (default 0).
 
@@ -202,6 +214,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      foo;		  foo;		      foo;
 		  }		      }			    }
 <
+							*cino-^*
 	^N    Add N to the prevailing indent inside a set of braces if the
 	      opening brace is in column 0.  This can specify a different
 	      indent for whole of a function (some may like to set it to a
@@ -216,6 +229,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      }			}		  }
 		  }		      }			  }
 <
+							*cino-L*
 	LN    Controls placement of jump labels. If N is negative, the label
 	      will be placed at column 1. If N is non-negative, the indent of
 	      the label will be the prevailing indent minus N.  (default -1).
@@ -229,6 +243,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      }                   }                   }
 		  }                   }                   }
 <
+							*cino-:*
 	:N    Place case labels N characters from the indent of the switch().
 	      (default 'shiftwidth').
 
@@ -240,6 +255,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      default:	      default:
 		  }		      }
 <
+							*cino-=*
 	=N    Place statements occurring after a case label N characters from
 	      the indent of the label.  (default 'shiftwidth').
 
@@ -247,6 +263,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		   case 11:		case 11:  a = a + 1;
 		       a = a + 1;		  b = b + 1;
 <
+							*cino-l*
 	lN    If N != 0 Vim will align with a case label instead of the
 	      statement after it in the same line.
 
@@ -256,6 +273,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 				    break;	      break;
 				}		  }
 <
+							*cino-b*
 	bN    If N != 0 Vim will align a final "break" with the case label,
 	      so that case..break looks like a sort of block.  (default: 0).
 	      When using 1, consider adding "0=break" to 'cinkeys'.
@@ -272,6 +290,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			  break;	  break;
 		  }		      }
 <
+							*cino-g*
 	gN    Place C++ scope declarations N characters from the indent of the
 	      block they are in.  (default 'shiftwidth').  A scope declaration
 	      can be "public:", "protected:" or "private:".
@@ -283,6 +302,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      private:	      private:
 		  }		      }
 <
+							*cino-h*
 	hN    Place statements occurring after a C++ scope declaration N
 	      characters from the indent of the label.  (default
 	      'shiftwidth').
@@ -291,6 +311,21 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		   public:		public:   a = a + 1;
 		       a = a + 1;		  b = b + 1;
 <
+							*cino-N*
+	NN    Indent inside C++ namespace N characters extra compared to a
+	      normal block.  (default 0).
+
+		cino=			   cino=N-s >
+		  namespace {                namespace {
+		      void function();       void function();
+		  }                          }
+
+		  namespace my               namespace my
+		  {                          {
+		      void function();       void function();
+		  }                          }
+<
+							*cino-p*
 	pN    Parameter declarations for K&R-style function declarations will
 	      be indented N characters from the margin.  (default
 	      'shiftwidth').
@@ -300,6 +335,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      int a;	      int a;			  int a;
 		      char b;	      char b;			  char b;
 <
+							*cino-t*
 	tN    Indent a function return type declaration N characters from the
 	      margin.  (default 'shiftwidth').
 
@@ -307,6 +343,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      int	      int			 int
 		  func()	      func()		  func()
 <
+							*cino-i*
 	iN    Indent C++ base class declarations and constructor
 	      initializations, if they start in a new line (otherwise they
 	      are aligned at the right side of the ':').
@@ -320,6 +357,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      BaseClass(3)	    BaseClass(3)
 		  {}			    {}
 <
+							*cino-+*
 	+N    Indent a continuation line (a line that spills onto the next)
               inside a function N additional characters.  (default
               'shiftwidth').
@@ -330,6 +368,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  a = b + 9 *		    a = b + 9 *
 		      c;			      c;
 <
+							*cino-c*
 	cN    Indent comment lines after the comment opener, when there is no
 	      other text with which to align, N characters from the comment
 	      opener.  (default 3).  See also |format-comments|.
@@ -339,6 +378,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		     text.			 text.
 		   */			     */
 <
+							*cino-C*
 	CN    When N is non-zero, indent comment lines by the amount specified
 	      with the c flag above even if there is other text behind the
 	      comment opener.  (default 0).
@@ -349,12 +389,14 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  ********/		    ********/
 <	      (Example uses ":set comments& comments-=s1:/* comments^=s0:/*")
 
+							*cino-/*
 	/N    Indent comment lines N characters extra.  (default 0).
 		cino=			  cino=/4 >
 		  a = b;		    a = b;
 		  /* comment */			/* comment */
 		  c = d;		    c = d;
 <
+							*cino-(*
 	(N    When in unclosed parentheses, indent N characters from the line
 	      with the unclosed parentheses.  Add a 'shiftwidth' for every
 	      unclosed parentheses.  When N is 0 or the unclosed parentheses
@@ -370,6 +412,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			  (c2 || c3))		(c2 || c3))
 		     {			       {
 <
+							*cino-u*
 	uN    Same as (N, but for one level deeper.  (default 'shiftwidth').
 
 		cino=			  cino=u2 >
@@ -377,6 +420,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			  && (c22345		    && (c22345
 			      || c3))		      || c3))
 <
+							*cino-U*
 	UN    When N is non-zero, do not ignore the indenting specified by
 	      ( or u in case that the unclosed parentheses is the first
 	      non-white character in its line.  (default 0).
@@ -388,6 +432,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		       c3			    c3
 		      ) && c4;			) && c4;
 <
+							*cino-w*
 	wN    When in unclosed parentheses and N is non-zero and either
 	      using "(0" or "u0", respectively, or using "U0" and the unclosed
 	      parentheses is the first non-white character in its line, line
@@ -400,6 +445,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 				|| c3))		    || c3))
 		      foo;			foo;
 <
+							*cino-W*
 	WN    When in unclosed parentheses and N is non-zero and either
 	      using "(0" or "u0", respectively and the unclosed parentheses is
 	      the last non-white character in its line and it is not the
@@ -414,6 +460,23 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  a_short_line(argument,    a_short_line(argument,
 			       argument);		 argument);
 <
+							*cino-k*
+	kN    When in unclosed parentheses which follow "if", "for" or
+	      "while" and N is non-zero, overrides the behaviour defined by
+	      "(N": causes the indent to be N characters relative to the outer
+	      context (i.e. the line where "if", "for" or "while" is).  Has
+	      no effect on deeper levels of nesting.  Affects flags like "wN"
+	      only for the "if", "for" and "while" conditions.  If 0, defaults
+	      to behaviour defined by the "(N" flag.  (default: 0).
+
+		cino=(0			   cino=(0,ks >
+		  if (condition1	    if (condition1
+		      && condition2)		    && condition2)
+		      action();			action();
+		  function(argument1	    function(argument1
+			   && argument2);	     && argument2);
+<
+							*cino-m*
 	mN    When N is non-zero, line up a line starting with a closing
 	      parentheses with the first character of the line with the
 	      matching opening parentheses.  (default 0).
@@ -428,6 +491,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		     )			    )
 		      foo;			foo;
 <
+							*cino-M*
 	MN    When N is non-zero, line up a line starting with a closing
 	      parentheses with the first character of the previous line.
 	      (default 0).
@@ -437,10 +501,11 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			 cond2			   cond2
 		     )				   )
 <
-					*java-cinoptions* *java-indenting*
+				*java-cinoptions* *java-indenting* *cino-j*
-	jN    Indent java anonymous classes correctly.  The value 'N' is
+	jN    Indent Java anonymous classes correctly.  Also works well for
-	      currently unused but must be non-zero (e.g. 'j1').  'j1' will
+	      Javascript.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be
-	      indent for example the following code snippet correctly: >
+	      non-zero (e.g. 'j1').  'j1' will indent for example the
+	      following code snippet correctly: >
 
 		object.add(new ChangeListener() {
 		    public void stateChanged(ChangeEvent e) {
@@ -448,10 +513,11 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		    }
 		});
 <
-				*javascript-cinoptions* *javascript-indenting*
+			*javascript-cinoptions* *javascript-indenting* *cino-J*
 	JN    Indent JavaScript object declarations correctly by not confusing
 	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be 
-	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1'). >
+	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1').  If you enable this you probably also want
+	      to set |cino-j|. >
 
 		var bar = {
 		    foo: {
@@ -466,23 +532,28 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		    }
 		}
 <
+								*cino-)*
 	)N    Vim searches for unclosed parentheses at most N lines away.
 	      This limits the time needed to search for parentheses.  (default
 	      20 lines).
 
+								*cino-star*
 	*N    Vim searches for unclosed comments at most N lines away.  This
 	      limits the time needed to search for the start of a comment.
+	      If your /* */ comments stop indenting afer N lines this is the
+	      value you will want to change.
 	      (default 70 lines).
 
+								*cino-#*
 	#N    When N is non-zero recognize shell/Perl comments, starting with
-	      '#'.  Default N is zero: don't recognizes '#' comments.  Note
+	      '#'.  Default N is zero: don't recognize '#' comments.  Note
 	      that lines starting with # will still be seen as preprocessor
 	      lines.
 
 
 The defaults, spelled out in full, are:
-	cinoptions=>s,e0,n0,f0,{0,}0,^0,L-1,:s,=s,l0,b0,gs,hs,ps,ts,is,+s,
+	cinoptions=>s,e0,n0,f0,{0,}0,^0,L-1,:s,=s,l0,b0,gs,hs,N0,ps,ts,is,+s,
-			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0
+			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,k0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0
 
 Vim puts a line in column 1 if:
 - It starts with '#' (preprocessor directives), if 'cinkeys' contains '#'.
@@ -508,13 +579,15 @@ REMARKS ABOUT SPECIFIC INDENT FILES ~
 
 FORTRAN							*ft-fortran-indent*
 
-Block if, select case, and where constructs are indented.  Comments, labelled
+Block if, select case, where, and forall constructs are indented.  So are
-statements and continuation lines are indented if the Fortran is in free
+type, interface, associate, block, and enum constructs.  The indenting of
-source form, whereas they are not indented if the Fortran is in fixed source
+subroutines, functions, modules, and program blocks is optional.  Comments,
-form because of the left margin requirements.  Hence manual indent corrections
+labelled statements and continuation lines are indented if the Fortran is in
-will be necessary for labelled statements and continuation lines when fixed
+free source form, whereas they are not indented if the Fortran is in fixed
-source form is being used.  For further discussion of the method used for the
+source form because of the left margin requirements.  Hence manual indent
-detection of source format see |ft-fortran-syntax|.
+corrections will be necessary for labelled statements and continuation lines
+when fixed source form is being used.  For further discussion of the method
+used for the detection of source format see |ft-fortran-syntax|.
 
 Do loops ~
 All do loops are left unindented by default.  Do loops can be unstructured in
@@ -541,6 +614,20 @@ autocommand such as >
 to get do loops indented in .f90 files and left alone in Fortran files with
 other extensions such as .for.
 
+Program units ~
+The indenting of program units (subroutines, functions, modules, and program
+blocks) is enabled by default but can be suppressed if a lighter, screen-width
+preserving indent style is desired.  To suppress the indenting of program
+units for all fortran files set the global fortran_indent_less variable in
+your .vimrc as follows >
+
+  let fortran_indent_less=1
+
+A finer level of suppression can be achieved by setting the corresponding
+buffer-local variable as follows >
+
+  let b:fortran_indent_less=1
+
 
 PHP				*ft-php-indent* *php-indent* *php-indenting*
 
@@ -635,6 +722,43 @@ Indent for a continuation line: >
 	let g:pyindent_continue = '&sw * 2'
 
 
+R								*ft-r-indent*
+
+Function arguments are aligned if they span for multiple lines. If you prefer
+do not have the arguments of functions aligned, put in your |vimrc|:
+>
+   let r_indent_align_args = 0
+<
+All lines beginning with a comment character, #, get the same indentation
+level of the normal R code. Users of Emacs/ESS may be used to have lines
+beginning with a single # indented in the 40th column, ## indented as R code,
+and ### not indented. If you prefer that lines beginning with comment
+characters are aligned as they are by Emacs/ESS, put in your |vimrc|:
+>
+   let r_indent_ess_comments = 1
+<
+If you prefer that lines beginning with a single # are aligned at a column
+different from the 40th one, you should set a new value to the variable
+r_indent_comment_column, as in the example below:
+>
+   let r_indent_comment_column = 30
+<
+Any code after a line that ends with "<-" is indented. Emacs/ESS does not
+indent the code if it is a top level function. If you prefer that the
+Vim-R-plugin behaves like Emacs/ESS in this regard, put in your |vimrc|:
+>
+   let r_indent_ess_compatible = 1
+<
+Below is an example of indentation with and without this option enabled:
+>
+   ### r_indent_ess_compatible = 1           ### r_indent_ess_compatible = 0
+   foo <-                                    foo <-
+       function(x)                               function(x)
+   {                                             {
+       paste(x)                                      paste(x)
+   }                                             }
+<
+
 SHELL							*ft-sh-indent*
 
 The amount of indent applied under various circumstances in a shell file can

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jan 04
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:k|		:k		set a mark
 |:keepalt|	:keepa[lt]	following command keeps the alternate file
 |:keepmarks|	:kee[pmarks]	following command keeps marks where they are
-|:keepjumps|	:keepj[jumps]	following command keeps jumplist and marks
+|:keepjumps|	:keepj[umps]	following command keeps jumplist and marks
 |:lNext|	:lN[ext]	go to previous entry in location list
 |:lNfile|	:lNf[ile]	go to last entry in previous file
 |:list|		:l[ist]		print lines

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 10
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -383,8 +383,11 @@ will then always put the cursor on it).  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O, but then
 beware of the cursor possibly being beyond the end of the line.
 
 The CTRL-O command takes you to Normal mode.  If you then use a command enter
-Insert mode again it doesn't nest.  Thus when typing "a<C-O>a" and then <Esc>
+Insert mode again it normally doesn't nest.  Thus when typing "a<C-O>a" and
-takes you back to Normal mode, you do not need to type <Esc> twice.
+then <Esc> takes you back to Normal mode, you do not need to type <Esc> twice.
+An exception is when not typing the command, e.g. when executing a mapping or
+sourcing a script.  This makes mappings work that briefly switch to Insert
+mode.
 
 The shifted cursor keys are not available on all terminals.
 
@@ -398,7 +401,12 @@ An example for using CTRL-G u: >
 
 This redefines the backspace key to start a new undo sequence.  You can now
 undo the effect of the backspace key, without changing what you typed before
-that, with CTRL-O u.
+that, with CTRL-O u.  Another example: >
+
+	:inoremap <CR> <C-]><C-G>u<CR>
+
+This breaks undo at each line break.  It also expands abbreviations before
+this.
 
 Using CTRL-O splits undo: the text typed before and after it is undone
 separately.  If you want to avoid this (e.g., in a mapping) you might be able
@@ -1009,8 +1017,13 @@ The function must return the column where the completion starts.  It must be a
 number between zero and the cursor column "col('.')".  This involves looking
 at the characters just before the cursor and including those characters that
 could be part of the completed item.  The text between this column and the
-cursor column will be replaced with the matches.  Return -1 if no completion
+cursor column will be replaced with the matches.
-can be done.
+
+Special return values:
+   -1 If no completion can be done, the completion will be cancelled with an
+      error message.
+   -2 To cancel silently and stay in completion mode.
+   -3 To cancel silently and leave completion mode.
 
 On the second invocation the arguments are:
    a:findstart  0
@@ -1020,6 +1033,21 @@ On the second invocation the arguments are:
 The function must return a List with the matching words.  These matches
 usually include the "a:base" text.  When there are no matches return an empty
 List.
+
+In order to return more information than the matching words, return a Dict
+that contains the List.  The Dict can have these items:
+	words		The List of matching words (mandatory).
+	refresh		A string to control re-invocation of the function
+			(optional).
+			The only value currently recognized is "always", the
+			effect is that the function is called whenever the
+			leading text is changed.
+Other items are ignored.
+
+For example, the function can contain this: >
+	let matches = ... list of words ...
+	return {'words': matches, 'refresh': 'always'}
+<
 						*complete-items*
 Each list item can either be a string or a Dictionary.  When it is a string it
 is used as the completion.  When it is a Dictionary it can contain these
@@ -1040,9 +1068,10 @@ items:
 	empty		when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
 			an empty string
 
-All of these except 'icase' must be a string.  If an item does not meet these
+All of these except 'icase', 'dup' and 'empty' must be a string.  If an item
-requirements then an error message is given and further items in the list are
+does not meet these requirements then an error message is given and further
-not used.  You can mix string and Dictionary items in the returned list.
+items in the list are not used.  You can mix string and Dictionary items in
+the returned list.
 
 The "menu" item is used in the popup menu and may be truncated, thus it should
 be relatively short.  The "info" item can be longer, it will  be displayed in

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 08
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -135,8 +135,10 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
-Send bug reports to: Vim bugs <bugs@vim.org>
+Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim_dev@vim.org>
-This is not a maillist but the message is redirected to the Vim maintainer.
+This is a maillist, many people will see the message.  If you don't want that,
+e.g. because it is a security issue, send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes
+to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
 Please be brief; all the time that is spent on answering mail is subtracted
 from the time that is spent on improving Vim!  Always give a reproducible
 example and try to find out which settings or other things influence the

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 10
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -107,6 +107,8 @@ modes.
 :cmapc[lear]			|mapmode-c|		*:cmapc*  *:cmapclear*
 			Remove ALL mappings for the modes where the map
 			command applies.  {not in Vi}
+			Use the <buffer> argument to remove buffer-local
+			mappings |:map-<buffer>|
 			Warning: This also removes the default mappings.
 
 :map				|mapmode-nvo|
@@ -226,7 +228,7 @@ text before the cursor and start omni completion when some condition is met.
 
 For abbreviations |v:char| is set to the character that was typed to trigger
 the abbreviation.  You can use this to decide how to expand the {lhs}.  You
-can't change v:char and you should not insert it.
+should not either insert or change the v:char.
 
 Be very careful about side effects!  The expression is evaluated while
 obtaining characters, you may very well make the command dysfunctional.
@@ -235,11 +237,18 @@ For this reason the following is blocked:
 - Editing another buffer.
 - The |:normal| command.
 - Moving the cursor is allowed, but it is restored afterwards.
-- You can use getchar(), but the existing typeahead isn't seen and new
-  typeahead is discarded.
 If you want the mapping to do any of these let the returned characters do
 that.
 
+You can use getchar(), it consumes typeahead if there is any. E.g., if you
+have these mappings: >
+  inoremap <expr> <C-L> nr2char(getchar())
+  inoremap <expr> <C-L>x "foo"
+If you now type CTRL-L nothing happens yet, Vim needs the next character to
+decide what mapping to use.  If you type 'x' the second mapping is used and
+"foo" is inserted.  If you type any other key the first mapping is used,
+getchar() gets the typed key and returns it.
+
 Here is an example that inserts a list number that increases: >
 	let counter = 0
 	inoremap <expr> <C-L> ListItem()
@@ -480,9 +489,9 @@ You can create an empty {rhs} by typing nothing after a single CTRL-V (you
 have to type CTRL-V two times).  Unfortunately, you cannot do this in a vimrc
 file.
 							*<Nop>*
-A easier way to get a mapping that doesn't produce anything, is to use "<Nop>"
+An easier way to get a mapping that doesn't produce anything, is to use
-for the {rhs}.  This only works when the |<>| notation is enabled.  For
+"<Nop>" for the {rhs}.  This only works when the |<>| notation is enabled.
-example, to make sure that function key 8 does nothing at all: >
+For example, to make sure that function key 8 does nothing at all: >
 	:map  <F8>  <Nop>
 	:map! <F8>  <Nop>
 <
@@ -495,7 +504,7 @@ scenario: >
 	:set encoding=utf-8
 The mapping for <M-C> is defined with the latin1 encoding, resulting in a 0xc3
 byte.  If you type the character <20> (0xe1 <M-a>) in UTF-8 encoding this is the
-two bytes 0xc3 0xa1.  You don't want the 0xc3 byte to be mapped then,
+two bytes 0xc3 0xa1.  You don't want the 0xc3 byte to be mapped then or
 otherwise it would be impossible to type the <20> character.
 
 					*<Leader>* *mapleader*
@@ -518,7 +527,7 @@ mappings.
 <LocalLeader> is just like <Leader>, except that it uses "maplocalleader"
 instead of "mapleader".  <LocalLeader> is to be used for mappings which are
 local to a buffer.  Example: >
-      :map <LocalLeader>q  \DoItNow
+      :map <buffer> <LocalLeader>A  oanother line<Esc>
 <
 In a global plugin <Leader> should be used and in a filetype plugin
 <LocalLeader>.  "mapleader" and "maplocalleader" can be equal.  Although, if
@@ -542,6 +551,7 @@ construct can be used:
 	<Char-123>	character 123
 	<Char-033>	character 27
 	<Char-0x7f>	character 127
+	<S-Char-114>    character 114 ('r') shifted ('R')
 This is useful to specify a (multi-byte) character in a 'keymap' file.
 Upper and lowercase differences are ignored.
 
@@ -934,11 +944,12 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			avoid that a typed {lhs} is expanded, since
 			command-line abbreviations apply here.
 
-:ab[breviate] [<expr>] {lhs} {rhs}
+:ab[breviate] [<expr>] [<buffer>] {lhs} {rhs}
 			add abbreviation for {lhs} to {rhs}.  If {lhs} already
 			existed it is replaced with the new {rhs}.  {rhs} may
 			contain spaces.
 			See |:map-<expr>| for the optional <expr> argument.
+			See |:map-<buffer>| for the optional <buffer> argument.
 
 						*:una* *:unabbreviate*
 :una[bbreviate] {lhs}	Remove abbreviation for {lhs} from the list.  If none
@@ -948,12 +959,12 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			expansion insert a CTRL-V (type it twice).
 
 						*:norea* *:noreabbrev*
-:norea[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:norea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but no remapping for this {rhs} {not
 			in Vi}
 
 						*:ca* *:cabbrev*
-:ca[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:ca[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only.  {not
 			in Vi}
 
@@ -962,12 +973,12 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			in Vi}
 
 						*:cnorea* *:cnoreabbrev*
-:cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only and no
 			remapping for this {rhs} {not in Vi}
 
 						*:ia* *:iabbrev*
-:ia[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:ia[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only.  {not in Vi}
 
 						*:iuna* *:iunabbrev*
@@ -975,18 +986,18 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			Vi}
 
 						*:inorea* *:inoreabbrev*
-:inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only and no
 			remapping for this {rhs} {not in Vi}
 
 							*:abc* *:abclear*
-:abc[lear]		Remove all abbreviations.  {not in Vi}
+:abc[lear] [<buffer>]	Remove all abbreviations.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*:iabc* *:iabclear*
-:iabc[lear]		Remove all abbreviations for Insert mode.  {not in Vi}
+:iabc[lear] [<buffer>]	Remove all abbreviations for Insert mode.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*:cabc* *:cabclear*
-:cabc[lear]		Remove all abbreviations for Command-line mode.  {not
+:cabc[lear] [<buffer>]	Remove all abbreviations for Command-line mode.  {not
 			in Vi}
 
 							*using_CTRL-V*
@@ -1177,13 +1188,15 @@ reported if any are supplied).  However, it is possible to specify that the
 command can take arguments, using the -nargs attribute.  Valid cases are:
 
 	-nargs=0    No arguments are allowed (the default)
-	-nargs=1    Exactly one argument is required
+	-nargs=1    Exactly one argument is required, it includes spaces 
-	-nargs=*    Any number of arguments are allowed (0, 1, or many)
+	-nargs=*    Any number of arguments are allowed (0, 1, or many),
+		    separated by white space
 	-nargs=?    0 or 1 arguments are allowed
 	-nargs=+    Arguments must be supplied, but any number are allowed
 
 Arguments are considered to be separated by (unescaped) spaces or tabs in this
-context.
+context, except when there is one argument, then the white space is part of
+the argument.
 
 Note that arguments are used as text, not as expressions.  Specifically,
 "s:var" will use the script-local variable in the script where the command was
@@ -1206,17 +1219,23 @@ completion can be enabled:
 
 	-complete=augroup	autocmd groups
 	-complete=buffer	buffer names
+	-complete=behave	:behave suboptions
+	-complete=color		color schemes
 	-complete=command	Ex command (and arguments)
+	-complete=compiler	compilers
 	-complete=cscope	|:cscope| suboptions
 	-complete=dir		directory names
 	-complete=environment	environment variable names
 	-complete=event		autocommand events
 	-complete=expression	Vim expression
 	-complete=file		file and directory names
+	-complete=file_in_path	file and directory names in |'path'|
 	-complete=filetype	filetype names |'filetype'|
 	-complete=function	function name
 	-complete=help		help subjects
 	-complete=highlight	highlight groups
+	-complete=history	:history suboptions
+	-complete=locale	locale names (as output of locale -a)
 	-complete=mapping	mapping name
 	-complete=menu		menus
 	-complete=option	options
@@ -1291,7 +1310,8 @@ Possible attributes are:
 	-range	    Range allowed, default is current line
 	-range=%    Range allowed, default is whole file (1,$)
 	-range=N    A count (default N) which is specified in the line
-		    number position (like |:split|)
+		    number position (like |:split|); allows for zero line
+		    number.
 	-count=N    A count (default N) which is specified either in the line
 		    number position, or as an initial argument (like |:Next|).
 		    Specifying -count (without a default) acts like -count=0

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 01
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -797,8 +797,8 @@ is suitable for complex input, such as CJK.
   number of Hira-gana characters are 76.  So, first, we pre-input text as
   pronounced in Hira-gana, second, we convert Hira-gana to Kanji or Kata-Kana,
   if needed.  There are some Kana-Kanji conversion server: jserver
-  (distributed with Wnn, see below) and canna.  Canna could be found at:
+  (distributed with Wnn, see below) and canna.  Canna can be found at:
-  ftp://ftp.nec.co.jp/pub/Canna/ (no longer works).
+  http://canna.sourceforge.jp/
 
 There is a good input system: Wnn4.2.  Wnn 4.2 contains,
     xwnmo (|IM-server|)
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ Use the RPM or port for your system.
 
 
 USING XIM			*multibyte-input* *E284* *E286* *E287* *E288*
-				*E285* *E291* *E292* *E290* *E289*
+				*E285* *E289*
 
 Note that Display and Input are independent.  It is possible to see your
 language even though you have no input method for it.  But when your Display
@@ -1306,8 +1306,8 @@ character.  However, search patterns may not match on an overlong sequence.
 character.)  An exception is NUL (zero) which is displayed as "<00>".
 
 In the file and buffer the full range of Unicode characters can be used (31
-bits).  However, displaying only works for 16 bit characters, and only for the
+bits).  However, displaying only works for the characters present in the
-characters present in the selected font.
+selected font.
 
 Useful commands:
 - "ga" shows the decimal, hexadecimal and octal value of the character under

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jan 30
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ The "g<" command can be used to see the last page of previous command output.
 This is especially useful if you accidentally typed <Space> at the hit-enter
 prompt.  You are then back at the hit-enter prompt and can then scroll further
 back.
-Note: when you stopped the output with "q" at the more prompt only up to that
+Note: If the output has been stopped with "q" at the more prompt, it will only
-point will be displayed.
+be displayed up to this point.
 The previous command output is cleared when another command produces output.
 
 If you are using translated messages, the first printed line tells who

runtime/doc/mlang.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 11
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ use of "-" and "_".
 			system.  Some systems accept aliases like "en" or
 			"en_US", but some only accept the full specification
 			like "en_US.ISO_8859-1".  On Unix systems you can use
-			the this command to see what locales are supported: >
+			this command to see what locales are supported: >
 				:!locale -a
 <			With the "messages" argument the language used for
 			messages is set.  This can be different when you want,

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 May 14
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -269,11 +269,11 @@ T{char}			Till after [count]'th occurrence of {char} to the
 			{char} can be entered like with the |f| command.
 
 							*;*
-;			Repeat latest f, t, F or T [count] times.
+;			Repeat latest f, t, F or T [count] times. See |cpo-;|
 
 							*,*
 ,			Repeat latest f, t, F or T in opposite direction
-			[count] times.
+			[count] times. See also |cpo-;|
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Up-down motions					*up-down-motions*
@@ -344,6 +344,8 @@ gg			Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
 			last number in it used as the byte count.  End-of-line
 			characters are counted depending on the current
 			'fileformat' setting.
+			Also see the |line2byte()| function, and the 'o'
+			option in 'statusline'.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the
 			|+byte_offset| feature}
@@ -1015,8 +1017,6 @@ CTRL-O			Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list
 <Tab>		or					*CTRL-I* *<Tab>*
 CTRL-I			Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list
 			(not a motion command).
-			In a |quickfix-window| it takes you to the position of
-			the error under the cursor.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 29
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -263,6 +263,12 @@ The messages are currently sent over a socket.  Since the messages are in
 plain UTF-8 text this protocol could also be used with any other communication
 mechanism.
 
+Netbeans messages are processed when Vim is idle, waiting for user input.
+When Vim is run in non-interactive mode, for example when running an automated
+test case that sources a Vim script, the idle loop may not be called often
+enough. In that case, insert |:sleep| commands in the Vim script. The |:sleep|
+command does invoke Netbeans messages processing.
+
 6.1 Kinds of messages		|nb-messages|
 6.2 Terms			|nb-terms|
 6.3 Commands			|nb-commands|
@@ -833,11 +839,16 @@ These errors occur when a message violates the protocol:
 			signs.
 
 							*:nbkey*
-:nb[key] {key}		Pass the {key} to the Vim Controller for processing
+:nb[key] {key}		Pass the {key} to the Vim Controller for processing.
-
+			When a hot-key has been installed with the specialKeys
-When a hot-key has been installed with the specialKeys command, this command
+			command, this command can be used to generate a hotkey
-can be used to generate a hotkey messages to the Vim Controller. The events
+			message to the Vim Controller.
-newDotAndMark, keyCommand and keyAtPos are generated (in this order).
+			This command can also be used to pass any text to the
+			Vim  Controller. It is used by Pyclewn, for example,
+			to build the complete set of gdb commands as Vim user
+			commands.
+			The events newDotAndMark, keyCommand and keyAtPos are
+			generated (in this order).
 
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Mar 22
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -301,9 +301,8 @@ You will not get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited
 			copying the value.
 			{not in Vi}
 
-:se[t] {option}<	Set the local value of {option} to its global value by
+:se[t] {option}<	For |global-local| options: Remove the local value of
-			making it empty.  Only makes sense for |global-local|
+			{option}, so that the global value will be used.
-			options.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 							*:setg* *:setglobal*
@@ -401,6 +400,9 @@ On Unix systems the form "${HOME}" can be used too.  The name between {} can
 contain non-id characters then.  Note that if you want to use this for the
 "gf" command, you need to add the '{' and '}' characters to 'isfname'.
 
+On MS-Windows, if $HOME is not defined as an environment variable, then
+at runtime Vim will set it to the expansion of $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH.
+
 NOTE: expanding environment variables and "~/" is only done with the ":set"
 command, not when assigning a value to an option with ":let".
 
@@ -742,7 +744,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- Reset the 'rightleft' option.
 	- Disable the use of 'keymap' (without changing its value).
 	Note that 'arabicshape' and 'delcombine' are not reset (it is a global
-	option.
+	option).
 	Also see |arabic.txt|.
 
 					*'arabicshape'* *'arshape'*
@@ -815,7 +817,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	been set.
 
 							*'background'* *'bg'*
-'background' 'bg'	string	(default "dark" or "light")
+'background' 'bg'	string	(default "dark" or "light", see below)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	When set to "dark", Vim will try to use colors that look good on a
@@ -849,6 +851,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	color).  To get around this, force the GUI window to be opened by
 	putting a ":gui" command in the .gvimrc file, before where the value
 	of 'background' is used (e.g., before ":syntax on").
+
+	For MS-DOS, Windows and OS/2 the default is "dark".
+	For other systems "dark" is used when 'term' is "linux",
+	"screen.linux", "cygwin" or "putty", or $COLORFGBG suggests a dark
+	background.  Otherwise the default is "light".
+
 	Normally this option would be set in the .vimrc file.  Possibly
 	depending on the terminal name.  Example: >
 		:if &term == "pcterm"
@@ -1039,6 +1047,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When $TMPDIR, $TMP or $TEMP is not defined, it is not used for the
 	default value.  "/tmp/*" is only used for Unix.
 
+	WARNING: Not having a backup file means that when Vim fails to write
+	your buffer correctly and then, for whatever reason, Vim exits, you
+	lose both the original file and what you were writing.  Only disable
+	backups if you don't care about losing the file.
+
 	Note that environment variables are not expanded.  If you want to use
 	$HOME you must expand it explicitly, e.g.: >
 		:let backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'
@@ -1211,7 +1224,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			|:bwipeout|
 
 	CAREFUL: when "unload", "delete" or "wipe" is used changes in a buffer
-	are lost without a warning.
+	are lost without a warning.  Also, these values may break autocommands
+	that switch between buffers temporarily.
 	This option is used together with 'buftype' and 'swapfile' to specify
 	special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
 
@@ -2111,6 +2125,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 								*cpo->*
 		>	When appending to a register, put a line break before
 			the appended text.
+								*cpo-;*
+		;	When using |,| or |;| to repeat the last |t| search
+			and the cursor is right in front of the searched
+			character, the cursor won't move. When not included,
+			the cursor would skip over it and jump to the
+			following occurrence.
 
 	POSIX flags.  These are not included in the Vi default value, except
 	when $VIM_POSIX was set on startup. |posix|
@@ -2203,6 +2223,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Specifies whether to use quickfix window to show cscope results.
 	See |cscopequickfix|.
 
+						*'cscoperelative'* *'csre'*
+'cscoperelative' 'csre' boolean (default off)
+			global
+			{not available when compiled without the |+cscope|
+			feature}
+			{not in Vi}
+	In the absence of a prefix (-P) for cscope. setting this option enables
+	to use the basename of cscope.out path as the prefix.
+	See |cscoperelative|.
+
 				*'cscopetag'* *'cst'* *'nocscopetag'* *'nocst'*
 'cscopetag' 'cst'	boolean (default off)
 			global
@@ -2917,8 +2947,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This will use the "c" filetype first, then the "doxygen" filetype.
 	This works both for filetype plugins and for syntax files.  More than
 	one dot may appear.
-	Do not confuse this option with 'osfiletype', which is for the file
-	type that is actually stored with the file.
 	This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the 's' or
 	'S' flag in 'cpoptions'.
 	Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
@@ -3094,7 +3122,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	closed.  Also for manually closed folds.  With the default value of
 	one a fold can only be closed if it takes up two or more screen lines.
 	Set to zero to be able to close folds of just one screen line.
-	Note that this only has an effect of what is displayed.  After using
+	Note that this only has an effect on what is displayed.  After using
 	"zc" to close a fold, which is displayed open because it's smaller
 	than 'foldminlines', a following "zc" may close a containing fold.
 
@@ -3389,7 +3417,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	    :highlight Cursor gui=NONE guifg=bg guibg=fg
 <
 					*'guifont'* *'gfn'*
-						   *E235* *E596* *E610* *E611*
+						   *E235* *E596*
 'guifont' 'gfn'		string	(default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -3534,8 +3562,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	screen.
 
 						*'guioptions'* *'go'*
-'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "gmrLtT"   (MS-Windows),
+'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "egmrLtT"   (MS-Windows),
-					 "agimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena))
+					 "aegimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena))
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
@@ -3749,9 +3777,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'highlight' 'hl'	string	(default (as a single string):
 				     "8:SpecialKey,@:NonText,d:Directory,
 				     e:ErrorMsg,i:IncSearch,l:Search,m:MoreMsg,
-				     M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,r:Question,
+				     M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,N:CursorLineNr,
-				     s:StatusLine,S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,
+				     r:Question,s:StatusLine,S:StatusLineNC,
-				     t:Title,v:Visual,w:WarningMsg,W:WildMenu,
+				     c:VertSplit, t:Title,v:Visual,
+				     w:WarningMsg,W:WildMenu,
 				     f:Folded,F:FoldColumn,A:DiffAdd,
 				     C:DiffChange,D:DiffDelete,T:DiffText,
 				     >:SignColumn,B:SpellBad,P:SpellCap,
@@ -3777,6 +3806,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
 	|hl-LineNr|	 n  line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and
 			    when 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' is set.
 	|hl-Question|	 r  |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
 	|hl-StatusLine|	 s  status line of current window |status-line|
 	|hl-StatusLineNC| S  status lines of not-current windows
@@ -3838,14 +3868,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	are not applied.
 	See also: 'incsearch' and |:match|.
 	When you get bored looking at the highlighted matches, you can turn it
-	off with |:nohlsearch|.  As soon as you use a search command, the
+	off with |:nohlsearch|.  This does not change the option value, as
-	highlighting comes back.
+	soon as you use a search command, the highlighting comes back.
 	'redrawtime' specifies the maximum time spent on finding matches.
 	When the search pattern can match an end-of-line, Vim will try to
 	highlight all of the matched text.  However, this depends on where the
 	search starts.  This will be the first line in the window or the first
 	line below a closed fold.  A match in a previous line which is not
 	drawn may not continue in a newly drawn line.
+	You can specify whether the highlight status is restored on startup
+	with the 'h' flag in 'viminfo' |viminfo-h|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'history'* *'hi'*
@@ -4098,7 +4130,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	It is used when a new line is created, for the |=| operator and
 	in Insert mode as specified with the 'indentkeys' option.
 	When this option is not empty, it overrules the 'cindent' and
-	'smartindent' indenting.
+	'smartindent' indenting.  When 'lisp' is set, this option is
+	overridden by the Lisp indentation algorithm.
 	When 'paste' is set this option is not used for indenting.
 	The expression is evaluated with |v:lnum| set to the line number for
 	which the indent is to be computed.  The cursor is also in this line
@@ -4840,6 +4873,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   written.  A ":set nomodified" command also resets the original
 	   values to the current values and the 'modified' option will be
 	   reset.
+	This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer as the
+	result of a BufNewFile, BufRead/BufReadPost, BufWritePost,
+	FileAppendPost or VimLeave autocommand event.  See |gzip-example| for
+	an explanation.
 	When 'buftype' is "nowrite" or "nofile" this option may be set, but
 	will be ignored.
 
@@ -5028,7 +5065,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	respectively; see |CTRL-A| for more info on these commands.
 	alpha	If included, single alphabetical characters will be
 		incremented or decremented.  This is useful for a list with a
-		letter index a), b), etc.			*octal-number*
+		letter index a), b), etc.	  	*octal-nrformats*
 	octal	If included, numbers that start with a zero will be considered
 		to be octal.  Example: Using CTRL-A on "007" results in "010".
 	hex	If included, numbers starting with "0x" or "0X" will be
@@ -5048,7 +5085,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	number.
 	When a long, wrapped line doesn't start with the first character, '-'
 	characters are put before the number.
-	See |hl-LineNr| for the highlighting used for the number.
+	See |hl-LineNr|  and |hl-CursorLineNr| for the highlighting used for
+	the number.
 	When setting this option, 'relativenumber' is reset.
 
 						*'numberwidth'* *'nuw'*
@@ -5106,20 +5144,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 
-					*'osfiletype'* *'oft'* *E366*
+					*'osfiletype'* *'oft'*
-'osfiletype' 'oft'	string (RISC-OS default: "Text",
+'osfiletype' 'oft'	string (default: "")
-				others default: "")
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+osfiletype|
+	This option was supported on RISC OS, which has been removed.
-			feature}
+
-	Some operating systems store extra information about files besides
-	name, datestamp and permissions.  This option contains the extra
-	information, the nature of which will vary between systems.
-	The value of this option is usually set when the file is loaded, and
-	is used to set the operating system file type when file is written.
-	It can affect the pattern matching of the automatic commands.
-	|autocmd-osfiletypes|
 
 						*'paragraphs'* *'para'*
 'paragraphs' 'para'	string	(default "IPLPPPQPP TPHPLIPpLpItpplpipbp")
@@ -5224,7 +5254,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	recognized as a compressed file.
 	Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
 
-					*'path'* *'pa'* *E343* *E345* *E347*
+				*'path'* *'pa'* *E343* *E345* *E347* *E854*
 'path' 'pa'		string	(default on Unix: ".,/usr/include,,"
 				   on OS/2:	  ".,/emx/include,,"
 				   other systems: ".,,")
@@ -5455,7 +5485,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	number.
 	When a long, wrapped line doesn't start with the first character, '-'
 	characters are put before the number.
-	See |hl-LineNr| for the highlighting used for the number.
+	See |hl-LineNr|  and |hl-CursorLineNr| for the highlighting used for
+	the number.
 	When setting this option, 'number' is reset.
 
 						*'remap'* *'noremap'*
@@ -5877,16 +5908,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'shellcmdflag'* *'shcf'*
-'shellcmdflag' 'shcf'	string	(default: "-c", MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell'
+'shellcmdflag' 'shcf'	string	(default: "-c";
-					does not contain "sh" somewhere: "/c")
+				 MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell' does not
+				 contain "sh" somewhere: "/c")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
 	"bash.exe -c ls" or "command.com /c dir".  For the MS-DOS-like
 	systems, the default is set according to the value of 'shell', to
 	reduce the need to set this option by the user.  It's not used for
-	OS/2 (EMX figures this out itself).  See |option-backslash| about
+	OS/2 (EMX figures this out itself).
-	including spaces and backslashes.  See |dos-shell|.
+	On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
+	part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
+	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
+	Also see |dos-shell| for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -5907,9 +5942,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "zsh" or "bash" the default becomes
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh" or "bash" the
-	"2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.  Before using
+	default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.
-	the 'shell' option a path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses "sh".
+	Before using the 'shell' option a path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses
+	"sh".
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellpipe' option changes automatically, unless it was
@@ -5988,7 +6024,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	When on, use temp files for shell commands.  When off use a pipe.
 	When using a pipe is not possible temp files are used anyway.
-	Currently a pipe is only supported on Unix.  You can check it with: >
+	Currently a pipe is only supported on Unix and MS-Windows 2K and
+	later.  You can check it with: >
 		:if has("filterpipe")
 <	The advantage of using a pipe is that nobody can read the temp file
 	and the 'shell' command does not need to support redirection.
@@ -6012,8 +6049,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	0 and 2: use "shell 'shellcmdflag' cmd" to start external commands
 	1 and 3: use "shell cmd" to start external commands
 
+						*'shellxescape'* *'sxe'*
+'shellxescape' 'sxe'	string	(default: "";
+				 for MS-DOS and MS-Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	When 'shellxquote' is set to "(" then the characters listed in this
+	option will be escaped with a '^' character.  This makes it possible
+	to execute most external commands with cmd.exe.
+
 						*'shellxquote'* *'sxq'*
 'shellxquote' 'sxq'	string	(default: "";
+					for Win32, when 'shell' is cmd.exe: "("
 					for Win32, when 'shell' contains "sh"
 					somewhere: "\""
 					for Unix, when using system(): "\"")
@@ -6023,11 +6070,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the "!" and ":!" commands.  Includes the redirection.  See
 	'shellquote' to exclude the redirection.  It's probably not useful
 	to set both options.
-	This is an empty string by default.  Known to be useful for
+	When the value is '(' then ')' is appended. When the value is '"('
-	third-party shells when using the Win32 version, such as the MKS Korn
+	then ')"' is appended.
-	Shell or bash, where it should be "\"".  The default is adjusted
+	When the value is '(' then also see 'shellxescape'.
-	according the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option
+	This is an empty string by default on most systems, but is known to be
-	by the user.  See |dos-shell|.
+	useful for on Win32 version, either for cmd.exe which automatically
+	strips off the first and last quote on a command, or 3rd-party shells
+	such as the MKS Korn Shell or bash, where it should be "\"".  The
+	default is adjusted according the value of 'shell', to reduce the need
+	to set this option by the user.  See |dos-shell|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -6248,7 +6299,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Override the 'ignorecase' option if the search pattern contains upper
 	case characters.  Only used when the search pattern is typed and
 	'ignorecase' option is on.  Used for the commands "/", "?", "n", "N",
-	":g" and ":s".  Not used for "*", "#", "gd", tag search, etc..  After
+	":g" and ":s".  Not used for "*", "#", "gd", tag search, etc.  After
 	"*" and "#" you can make 'smartcase' used by doing a "/" command,
 	recalling the search pattern from history and hitting <Enter>.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
@@ -6521,6 +6572,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	evaluated and the result is used as the option value.  Example: >
 		:set statusline=%!MyStatusLine()
 <	The result can contain %{} items that will be evaluated too.
+	Note that the "%!" expression is evaluated in the context of the
+	current window and buffer, while %{} items are evaluated in the
+	context of the window that the statusline belongs to.
 
 	When there is error while evaluating the option then it will be made
 	empty to avoid further errors.  Otherwise screen updating would loop.
@@ -6740,8 +6794,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   usetab	Like "useopen", but also consider windows in other tab
 			pages.
 	   split	If included, split the current window before loading
-			a buffer.  Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
+			a buffer for a |quickfix| command that display errors.
-			Supported in |quickfix| commands that display errors.
+			Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
 	   newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
 			"split" when both are present.
 
@@ -7070,8 +7124,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the file should contain words with similar meaning, separated by
 	non-keyword characters (white space is preferred).  Maximum line
 	length is 510 bytes.
-	To obtain a file to be used here, check out the wordlist FAQ at
+	To obtain a file to be used here, check out this ftp site:
-	http://www.hyphenologist.co.uk .
+	ftp://ftp.ox.ac.uk/pub/wordlists/  First get the README file.
 	To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash.  Spaces
 	after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
 	name.  See |option-backslash| about using backslashes.
@@ -7346,6 +7400,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   jsbterm	JSB term mouse handling.
 							*pterm-mouse*
 	   pterm	QNX pterm mouse handling.
+							*urxvt-mouse*
+	   urxvt	Mouse handling for the urxvt (rxvt-unicode) terminal.
 
 	The mouse handling must be enabled at compile time |+mouse_xterm|
 	|+mouse_dec| |+mouse_netterm|.
@@ -7562,15 +7618,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	parameter.  The following is a list of the identifying characters and
 	the effect of their value.
 	CHAR	VALUE	~
+							*viminfo-!*
 	!	When included, save and restore global variables that start
 		with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase
 		letter.  Thus "KEEPTHIS and "K_L_M" are stored, but "KeepThis"
 		and "_K_L_M" are not.  Nested List and Dict items may not be
 		read back correctly, you end up with an empty item.
+							*viminfo-quote*
 	"	Maximum number of lines saved for each register.  Old name of
 		the '<' item, with the disadvantage that you need to put a
 		backslash before the ", otherwise it will be recognized as the
 		start of a comment!
+							*viminfo-%*
 	%	When included, save and restore the buffer list.  If Vim is
 		started with a file name argument, the buffer list is not
 		restored.  If Vim is started without a file name argument, the
@@ -7580,38 +7639,48 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		When followed by a number, the number specifies the maximum
 		number of buffers that are stored.  Without a number all
 		buffers are stored.
+							*viminfo-'*
 	'	Maximum number of previously edited files for which the marks
 		are remembered.  This parameter must always be included when
 		'viminfo' is non-empty.
 		Including this item also means that the |jumplist| and the
 		|changelist| are stored in the viminfo file.
+							*viminfo-/*
 	/	Maximum number of items in the search pattern history to be
 		saved.  If non-zero, then the previous search and substitute
 		patterns are also saved.  When not included, the value of
 		'history' is used.
+							*viminfo-:*
 	:	Maximum number of items in the command-line history to be
 		saved.  When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
+							*viminfo-<*
 	<	Maximum number of lines saved for each register.  If zero then
 		registers are not saved.  When not included, all lines are
 		saved.  '"' is the old name for this item.
 		Also see the 's' item below: limit specified in Kbyte.
+							*viminfo-@*
 	@	Maximum number of items in the input-line history to be
 		saved.  When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
+							*viminfo-c*
 	c	When included, convert the text in the viminfo file from the
 		'encoding' used when writing the file to the current
 		'encoding'.  See |viminfo-encoding|.
+							*viminfo-f*
 	f	Whether file marks need to be stored.  If zero, file marks ('0
 		to '9, 'A to 'Z) are not stored.  When not present or when
 		non-zero, they are all stored.  '0 is used for the current
 		cursor position (when exiting or when doing ":wviminfo").
+							*viminfo-h*
 	h	Disable the effect of 'hlsearch' when loading the viminfo
 		file.  When not included, it depends on whether ":nohlsearch"
 		has been used since the last search command.
+							*viminfo-n*
 	n	Name of the viminfo file.  The name must immediately follow
 		the 'n'.  Must be the last one!  If the "-i" argument was
 		given when starting Vim, that file name overrides the one
 		given here with 'viminfo'.  Environment variables are expanded
 		when opening the file, not when setting the option.
+							*viminfo-r*
 	r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
 		',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
 		specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
@@ -7620,6 +7689,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		also use it for temp files, e.g., for Unix: "r/tmp".  Case is
 		ignored.  Maximum length of each 'r' argument is 50
 		characters.
+							*viminfo-s*
 	s	Maximum size of an item in Kbyte.  If zero then registers are
 		not saved.  Currently only applies to registers.  The default
 		"s10" will exclude registers with more than 10 Kbyte of text.
@@ -8075,8 +8145,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Make a backup before overwriting a file.  The backup is removed after
 	the file was successfully written, unless the 'backup' option is
-	also on.  Reset this option if your file system is almost full.  See
+	also on.
-	|backup-table| for another explanation.
+	WARNING: Switching this option off means that when Vim fails to write
+	your buffer correctly and then, for whatever reason, Vim exits, you
+	lose both the original file and what you were writing.  Only reset
+	this option if your file system is almost full and it makes the write
+	fail (and make sure not to exit Vim until the write was successful).
+	See |backup-table| for another explanation.
 	When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a backup is not made anyway.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the default value when 'compatible' is
 	set.

runtime/doc/os_risc.txt

@@ -1,322 +1,12 @@
-*os_risc.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 07
+*os_risc.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thomas Leonard
 
 
 						*riscos* *RISCOS* *RISC-OS*
-This file contains the particularities for the RISC OS version of Vim.
+The RISC OS support has been removed from Vim with patch 7.3.187.
+If you would like to use Vim on RISC OS get the files from before that patch.
 
-The RISC OS port is a completely new port and is not based on the old "archi"
-port.
 
-1.  File locations		|riscos-locations|
-2.  Filename munging		|riscos-munging|
-3.  Command-line use		|riscos-commandline|
-4.  Desktop (GUI) use		|riscos-gui|
-5.  Remote use (telnet)		|riscos-remote|
-6.  Temporary files		|riscos-temp-files|
-7.  Interrupting		|riscos-interrupt|
-8.  Memory usage		|riscos-memory|
-9.  Filetypes			|riscos-filetypes|
-10. The shell			|riscos-shell|
-11. Porting new releases	|riscos-porting|
-
-If I've missed anything, email me and I'll try to fix it.  In fact, even if I
-haven't missed anything then email me anyway to give me some confidence that it
-actually works!
-
-Thomas Leonard <tal197@ecs.soton.ac.uk>
-
-	[these URLs no longer work...]
- Port homepage:	http://www.ecs.soton.ac.uk/~tal197/
-	or try:	http://www.soton.ac.uk/~tal197/
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-locations*
-1. File locations
-
-The Vim executable and shared resource files are all stored inside the !Vim
-application directory.
-
-When !Vim is first seen by the filer, it aliases the *vi and *ex commands to
-run the command-line versions of Vim (see |riscos-commandline|).
-
-!Vim.Resources and !Vim.Resources2 contain the files from the standard Vim
-distribution, but modified slightly to work within the limits of ADFS, plus
-some extra files such as the window templates.
-
-User choices are read from "Choices:*" and are saved to "<Choices$Write>.*".
-If you have the new !Boot structure then these should be set up already.  If
-not, set Choices$Path to a list of directories to search when looking for
-user configuration files.  Set Choices$Write to the directory you want files
-to be saved into (so your search patterns and marks can be remembered between
-sessions).
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-munging*
-2. Filename munging
-
-All pathname munging is disabled by default, so Vim should behave like a
-normal RISC OS application now.  So, if you want to edit "doc/html" then you
-actually type "*vi doc/html".
-
-The only times munging is done is when:
-
-- Searching included files from C programs, since these are always munged.
-  See |[I|.
-  Note: make sure you are in the right directory when you use this
-	command (i.e. the one with subdirectories "c" and "h").
-
-- Sourcing files using |:so|.
-  Paths starting "$VIM/" are munged like this:
-
-  $VIM/syntax/help.vim  ->  Vim:syntax.help
-
-  Also, files ending in ".vim" have their extensions removed, and slashes
-  replaced with dots.
-
-Some tag files and script files may have to be edited to work under this port.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-commandline*
-3. Command-line use
-
-To use Vim from the command-line use the "*vi" command (or "*ex" for
-|Ex-mode|).
-
-Type "*vi -h" for a list of options.
-
-Running the command-line version of Vim in a large high-color mode may cause
-the scrolling to be very slow.  Either change to a mode with fewer colors or
-use the GUI version.
-
-Also, holding down Ctrl will slow it down even more, and Ctrl-Shift will
-freeze it, as usual for text programs.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-gui*
-4. Desktop use
-
-Limitations:
-
-- Left scrollbars don't work properly (right and bottom are fine).
-- Doesn't increase scroll speed if it gets behind.
-
-You can resize the window by dragging the lower-right corner, even though
-there is no icon shown there.
-
-You can use the --rows and --columns arguments to specify the initial size of
-the Vim window, like this: >
-
-  *Vi -g --rows 20 --columns 80
-
-The global clipboard is supported, so you can select some text and then
-paste it directly into another application (provided it supports the
-clipboard too).
-
-Clicking Menu now opens a menu like a normal RISC OS program.  Hold down Shift
-when clicking Menu to paste (from the global clipboard).
-
-Dragging a file to the window replaces the CURRENT buffer (the one with the
-cursor, NOT the one you dragged to) with the file.
-
-Dragging with Ctrl held down causes a new Vim window to be opened for the
-file (see |:sp|).
-
-Dragging a file in with Shift held down in insert mode inserts the pathname of
-the file.
-
-:browse :w opens a standard RISC OS save box.
-:browse :e opens a directory viewer.
-
-For fonts, you have the choice of the system font, an outline font, the system
-font via ZapRedraw and any of the Zap fonts via ZapRedraw: >
-
-  :set guifont=
-<			To use the system font via the VDU drivers.  Supports
-			bold and underline.
->
-  :set guifont=Corpus.Medium
-<			Use the named outline font.  You can use any font, but
-			only monospaced ones like Corpus look right.
->
-  :set guifont=Corpus.Medium:w8:h12:b:i
-<			As before, but with size of 8 point by 12 point, and
-			in bold italic.
-			If only one of width and height is given then that
-			value is used for both.  If neither is given then 10
-			point is used.
-
-Thanks to John Kortink, Vim can use the ZapRedraw module.  Start the font name
-with "!" (or "!!" for double height), like this: >
-
-  :set guifont=!!
-<			Use the system font, but via ZapRedraw.  This gives a
-			faster redraw on StrongARM processors, but you can't
-			get bold or italic text.  Double height.
->
-  :set guifont=!script
-<			Uses the named Zap font (a directory in VimFont$Path).
-			The redraw is the same speed as for "!!", but you get
-			a nicer looking font.
-			Only the "man+" and "script" fonts are supplied
-			currently, but you can use any of the Zap fonts if
-			they are in VimFont$Path.
-			Vim will try to load font files "0", "B", "I" and "IB"
-			from the named directory.  Only "0" (normal style) MUST
-			be present.  Link files are not currently supported.
-
-Note that when using ZapRedraw the edit bar is drawn in front of the character
-you are on rather than behind it.  Also redraw is incorrect for screen modes
-with eigen values of 0.  If the font includes control characters then you can
-get Vim to display them by changing the 'isprint' option.
-
-If you find the scrolling is too slow on your machine, try experimenting
-with the 'scrolljump' and 'ttyscroll' options.
-
-In particular, StrongARM users may find that: >
-
-  :set ttyscroll=0
-
-makes scrolling faster in high-color modes.
-
-=============================================================================
-							*riscos-remote*
-5. Remote use (telnet)
-
-I have included a built-in termcap entry, but you can edit the termcap file to
-allow other codes to be used if you want to use Vim from a remote terminal.
-
-Although I do not have an internet connection to my Acorn, I have managed to
-run Vim in a FreeTerm window using the loopback connection.
-
-It seems to work pretty well now, using "*vi -T ansi".
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-temp-files*
-6. Temporary files
-
-If Vim crashes then the swap and backup files (if any) will be in the
-directories set with the 'directory' and 'bdir' options.  By default the swap
-files are in <Wimp$ScrapDir> (i.e. inside !Scrap) and backups are in the
-directory you were saving to.  Vim will allow you to try and recover the file
-when you next try to edit it.
-
-To see a list of swap files, press <F12> and type "*vi -r".
-
-Vim no longer brings up ATTENTION warnings if you try to edit two files with
-the same name in different directories.
-
-However, it also no longer warns if you try to edit the same file twice (with
-two copies of Vim), though you will still be warned when you save that the
-datestamp has changed.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-interrupt*
-7. Interrupting
-
-To break out of a looping macro, or similar, hold down Escape in the
-command-line version, or press CTRL-C in the GUI version.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-memory*
-8. Memory usage
-
-Vim will use dynamic areas on RISC OS 3.5 or later.  If you can use them on
-older machines then edit the !RunTxt and GVim files.  I don't know what UnixLib
-does by default on these machines so I'm playing safe.
-
-It doesn't work at all well without dynamic areas, since it can't change its
-memory allocation once running.  Hence you should edit "!Vim.GVim" and
-"!Vim.!RunTxt" to choose the best size for you.  You probably need at least
-about 1400K.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-filetypes*
-9. Filetypes
-
-You can now specify that autocommands are only executed for files of certain
-types.  The filetype is given in the form &xxx, when xxx is the filetype.
-
-Filetypes must be specified by number (e.g. &fff for Text).
-
-The system has changed from version 5.3.  The new sequence of events is:
-
-- A file is loaded. |'osfiletype'| is set to the RISC OS filetype.
-- Based on the filetype and pathname, Vim will try to set |'filetype'| to the
-  Vim-type of the file.
-- Setting this option may load syntax files and perform other actions.
-- Saving the file will give it a filetype of |'osfiletype'|.
-
-Some examples may make this clearer:
-
-  Kind of file loaded	osfiletype	filetype ~
-  C code "c.hellow"	Text (&fff)	C
-  LaTeX document	LaTeX (&2a8)	TeX
-  Draw document		DrawFile (&aff)	(not changed)
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-shell*
-10. The shell
-
-- Bangs (!s) are only replaced if they are followed by a space or end-of-line,
-  since many pathnames contain them.
-
-- You can prefix the command with "~", which stops any output from being
-  displayed.  This also means that you don't have to press <Enter> afterwards,
-  and stops the screen from being redrawn. {only in the GUI version}
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-porting*
-11. Porting new releases to RISC OS
-
-Downloading everything you need:
-
-- Get the latest source distribution (see www.vim.org)
-- Get the runtime environment files (e.g. these help files)
-- Get the RISC OS binary distribution (if possible)
-
-
-Unarchiving:
-
-- Create a raFS disk and put the archives on it
-- Un-gzip them
-- Un-tar them   (*tar xELf 50 archive/tar)
-
-
-Recompiling the sources:
-
-- Create c, s, and h directories.
-- Put all the header files in "h".	     \
-- Put all the C files in "c".		     | And lose the extensions
-- Put the assembler file ("swis/s") in "s".  /
-- Rename all the files in "proto" to "h", like this:
-    raFS::VimSrc.source.proto.file/pro
-	  becomes
-    raFS::VimSrc.source.h.file_pro
-- In the files "h.proto" and "c.termlib", search and replace
-    .pro"
-       with
-    _pro.h"
-- Create a simple Makefile if desired and do "*make -k".
-  Use "CC = gcc -DRISCOS -DUSE_GUI -O2 -x c" in the Makefile.
-- Save the binary as !Vim.Vim in the binary distribution.
-
-
-Updating the run-time environment:
-
-- Replace old or missing files inside !Vim.Resources with the
-  new files.
-- Remove files in "doc" not ending in "/txt", except for "tags".
-- Lose the extensions from the files in "doc".
-- Edit the "doc.tags" file.  Remove extensions from the second column: >
-	:%s/^\(.[^\t]*\t.*\)\.txt\t/\1\t/
-- Remove extensions from the syntax files.  Split them into two directories
-  to avoid the 77 entry limit on old ADFS filesystems.
-- Edit "Vim:FileType" to match "*.c.*" as well as "*/c" and so on.
-  Add filetype checking too.
-- Edit "Vim:Menu" and remove all the keys from the menus: >
-	:%s/<Tab>[^ \t]*//
-<
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 16
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -38,9 +38,6 @@ You can download the Vim source code by ftp from the official Vim site:
 Or use one of the mirrors:
 	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/MIRRORS
 
-You will need both the Unix and Extra archives to build vim.exe for VMS.
-For using Vim's full power you will need the runtime files as well.
-
 You can download precompiled executables from:
 	http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 	ftp://ftp.polarhome.com/pub/vim/
@@ -75,7 +72,7 @@ See the file [.SRC]INSTALLVMS.TXT.
 4. Problems						*vms-problems*
 
 The code has been tested under Open VMS 6.2 - 8.2 on Alpha, VAX and IA64
-platforms with the DEC C compiler.  It should work without bigger problems.
+platforms with the DEC C compiler.  It should work without big problems.
 If your system does not have some include libraries you can tune up in
 OS_VMS_CONF.H file.
 
@@ -88,11 +85,11 @@ Also GTK, XPM library paths should be configured in MAKE_VMS.MMS
 
 Note: Under VAX it should work with the DEC C compiler without problems.  The
 VAX C compiler is not fully ANSI C compatible in pre-processor directives
-semantics, therefore you have to use a converter program what will do the lion
+semantics, therefore you have to use a converter program that will do the lion
 part of the job.  For detailed instructions read file INSTALLvms.txt
 
-MMS_VIM.EXE is build together with VIM.EXE, but for XD.EXE you should
+MMS_VIM.EXE is build together with VIM.EXE, but for XXD.EXE you should
-change to subdirectory and build it separately.
+change to a subdirectory and build it separately.
 
 CTAGS is not part of the Vim source distribution anymore, however the OpenVMS
 specific source might contain CTAGS source files as described above.
@@ -184,9 +181,9 @@ You may want to create .vimrc and .gvimrc files in your home directory
 
 The easiest way is just rename example files.  You may leave the menu file
 (MENU.VIM) and files vimrc and gvimrc in the original $VIM directory.  It will
-be default setup for all users, and for users it is enough just to have their
+be the default setup for all users, and for users it is enough to just have
-own additions or resetting in their home directory in files .vimrc and .gvimrc.
+their own additions or resetting in their home directory in files .vimrc and
-It should work without problems.
+.gvimrc.  It should work without problems.
 
 Note: Remember, system rc files (default for all users) don't have a leading
 ".".  So, system rc files are: >
@@ -200,7 +197,7 @@ and user customized rc files are: >
 	sys$login:.vimrc
 	sys$login:.gvimrc
 
-You can check that everything is on the right place with the :version command.
+You can check that everything is at the right place with the :version command.
 
 Example LOGIN.COM: >
 
@@ -209,15 +206,15 @@ Example LOGIN.COM: >
 	$ gv*im:== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:VIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
 	$ set disp/create/node=192.168.5.223/trans=tcpip
 
-Note: This set-up should be enough, if you are working on standalone server or
+Note: This set-up should be enough, if you are working on a standalone server or
-clustered environment, but if you want to use Vim as internode editor in
+clustered environment, but if you want to use Vim as an internode editor in
 DECNET environment, it will satisfy as well.
 You just have to define the "whole" path: >
 
 	$ define VIM "<server_name>[""user password""]::device:<path>"
 	$ vi*m :== "mcr VIM:VIM.EXE"
 
-As for example: >
+For example: >
 
 	$ define VIM "PLUTO::RF10:[UTIL.VIM]"
 	$ define VIM "PLUTO""ZAY mypass""::RF10:[UTIL.VIM]" ! if passwd required
@@ -300,12 +297,12 @@ For more information type $help set disp in VMS prompt.
 
 4) If you are working on MS-Windows or some other non X/Window environment
    you need to set up one X server and run Vim as in point 2.
-   For MS-Windows there are available free X servers as MIX , Omni X etc.,
+   For MS-Windows there are available free X servers as MIX, Omni X etc.,
    as well as excellent commercial products as eXcursion or ReflectionX with
    built-in DEC support.
 
 Please note, that executables without GUI are slightly faster during startup
-then with enabled GUI in character mode. Therefore, if you do not use GUI
+than with enabled GUI in character mode. Therefore, if you do not use GUI
 features, it is worth to choose non GUI executables.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -326,8 +323,8 @@ features, it is worth to choose non GUI executables.
 8.12 diff-mode
 8.13 Allow '$' in C keywords
 8.14 VIMTUTOR for beginners
-8.15 Slow start in console mode issue 
+8.15 Slow start in console mode issue
-8.16 Common VIM directory - different architectures 
+8.16 Common VIM directory - different architectures
 
 8.1 Backspace/delete
 
@@ -360,7 +357,7 @@ number, try these settings. >
 	:set nowritebackup   " does not have any purpose on VMS.  It's the
 			     " default.
 
-Recovery is working perfect as well from the default swap file.
+Recovery is working perfectly as well from the default swap file.
 Read more with :help swapfile
 
 (Claude Marinier <ClaudeMarinier@xwavesolutions.com> Vim 5.5, Zoltan Arpadffy
@@ -386,7 +383,7 @@ Note: You may use <,> brackets as well (device:<path>file.ext;version) as
 rf10:<user.zay.work>test.c;1
 
 (David Elins <delins@foliage.com>, Jerome Lauret
-<JLAURET@mail.chem.sunysb.edu> Vim 5.6 )
+<JLAURET@mail.chem.sunysb.edu> Vim 5.6)
 
 
 8.5 Remote host invocation
@@ -445,14 +442,14 @@ Terminal entry not found in termcap
     builtin_dumb
 defaulting to 'vt320'
 ---
-The solution is to define default terminal name: >
+The solution is to define the default terminal name: >
 
 	$ ! unknown terminal name.  Let us use vt320 or ansi instead.
 	$ ! Note: it's case sensitive
 	$ define term "vt320"
 
-Terminals from VT100 to VT320 (as V300, VT220, VT200 ) do not need any extra
+Terminals from VT100 to VT320 (as V300, VT220, VT200) do not need any extra
-keyboard mappings.  They should work perfect as they are, including arrows,
+keyboard mappings.  They should work perfectly as they are, including arrows,
 Ins, Del buttons etc., except Backspace in GUI mode.  To solve it, add to
 .gvimrc: >
 
@@ -465,8 +462,8 @@ your .vimrc file: >
 
 	set ttyfast	" set fast terminal
 
-Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through very slow connection, it's
+Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through a very slow connection, it's
-recommended to avoid fast terminal option with: >
+recommended to avoid the fast terminal option with: >
 
 	set nottyfast   " set terminal to slow mode
 
@@ -483,8 +480,8 @@ special commands to execute executables: >
 
 OpenVMS users always have to be aware that the Vim command :! "just" drop them
 to DCL prompt.  This feature is possible to use without any problem with all
-DCL commands, but if we want to execute some program as XXD, CTAGS, JTAGS etc.
+DCL commands, but if we want to execute some programs such as XXD, CTAGS, JTAGS,
-we're running into trouble if we follow the Vim documentation (see: help
+etc.  we're running into trouble if we follow the Vim documentation (see: help
 xxd).
 
 Solution: Execute with the MC command and add the full path to the executable.
@@ -534,7 +531,7 @@ Example: >
 
 	$define SYS$PRINT HP5ANSI
 
-You can print out whole buffer or just the marked area.
+You can print out the whole buffer or just the marked area.
 More info under :help hardcopy
 
 (Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.0c)
@@ -561,16 +558,16 @@ will be confused after a window-resize.
 From 6.0 diff functionality has been implemented, but OpenVMS does not use
 GNU/Unix like diff therefore built in diff does not work.
 There is a simple solution to solve this anomaly.  Install a Unix like diff
-and Vim will work perfect in diff mode too.  You just have to redefine your
+and Vim will work perfectly in diff mode too.  You just have to redefine your
 diff program as: >
 
 	define /nolog diff <GNU_PATH>diff.exe
 
 Another, more sophisticated solution is described below (8.12 diff-mode)
-There are some other programs as patch, make etc that may cause same problems.
+There are other programs such as patch, make etc that may cause the same
-At www.polarhome.com is possible to download an GNU package for Alpha and VAX
+problems.  At www.polarhome.com is possible to download an GNU package for
-boxes that is meant to solve GNU problems on OpenVMS.
+Alpha and VAX boxes that is meant to solve GNU problems on OpenVMS.
-( Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.1)
+(Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.1)
 
 
 8.12 diff-mode
@@ -632,7 +629,7 @@ You can now compare files in 4 ways: >
     3. VIM  diff:  $ VIMDIFF  <FILE1> <FILE2>
     4. GVIM diff:  $ GVIMDIFF <FILE1> <FILE2>
 
-( Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
+(Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
 
 
 8.13 Allow '$' in C keywords
@@ -653,35 +650,36 @@ Now word-based commands, e.g. the '*'-search-command and the CTRL-]
 tag-lookup, work on the whole identifier.  (Ctags on VMS also supports '$' in
 C keywords since ctags version 5.1.)
 
-( Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
+(Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
 
 8.14 VIMTUTOR for beginners
 
-It exits VIMTUTOR.COM DCL script that can help Vim beginners to learn/make
+The VIMTUTOR.COM DCL script can help Vim beginners to learn/make their first
-first steps with Vim on OpenVMS.  Depending of binary distribution you may
+steps with Vim on OpenVMS.  Depending of binary distribution you may start it
-start it with: >
+with: >
 
 	@vim:vimtutor
 
 (Thomas.R.Wyant III, Vim 6.1)
 
-8.14 Slow start in console mode issue
+8.16 Slow start in console mode issue
 
 As GUI/GTK Vim works equally well in console mode, many administrators
 deploy those executables system wide.
 Unfortunately, on a remote slow connections GUI/GTK executables behave rather
-slow when user wants to run Vim just in the console mode - because of X environment detection timeout.
+slow when user wants to run Vim just in the console mode - because of X
+environment detection timeout.
 
 Luckily, there is a simple solution for that. Administrators need to deploy
 both GUI/GTK build and just console build executables, like below: >
 
     |- vim73
     |----- doc
-    |----- syntax        
+    |----- syntax
        vimrc    (system rc files)
        gvimrc
-       gvim.exe (the renamed GUI or GTK built vim.exe)      
+       gvim.exe (the renamed GUI or GTK built vim.exe)
-       vim.exe  (the console only executable) 
+       vim.exe  (the console only executable)
 
 Define system symbols like below in for ex in LOGIN.COM or SYLOGIN.COM: >
 
@@ -692,7 +690,7 @@ Define system symbols like below in for ex in LOGIN.COM or SYLOGIN.COM: >
 	$ gv*im :== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:GVIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
 
 
-Like this, users that do not have X environment and want to use Vim just in 
+Like this, users that do not have X environment and want to use Vim just in
 console mode can avoid performance problems.
 
 (Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 7.2)
@@ -714,8 +712,8 @@ View of Cluster from system ID 11655  node: TOR
 +---------------------------------+
 
 It is convenient to have a common VIM directory but execute different
-executables. 
+executables.
-There are more solutions for this problem:
+There are several solutions for this problem:
 
 Solution 1.  All executables in the same directory with different names
 This is easily done with the following script that can be added
@@ -769,7 +767,7 @@ GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 Version 7.3
 - CTAGS 5.8 included
 - VMS compile warnings fixed - floating-point overflow warning corrected on VAX
-- filepath completition corrected - too many chars were escaped in filename
+- filepath completion corrected - too many chars were escaped in filename
   and shell commands
 - the following plugins are included into VMS runtime:
 	genutils 2.4, multiselect 2.2, multvals 3.1, selectbuf 4.3,
@@ -784,10 +782,10 @@ Version 7.3
 Version 7.2 (2008 Aug 9)
 - VCF files write corrected
 - CTAGS 5.7 included
-- corrected make_vms.mms (on VAX gave syntax error) 
+- corrected make_vms.mms (on VAX gave syntax error)
 
 Version 7.1 (2007 Jun 15)
-- create TAGS file from menu 
+- create TAGS file from menu
 
 Version 7 (2006 May 8)
 - Improved low level char input (affects just console mode)

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 19
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -313,7 +313,37 @@ A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start": >
    with :!start do not get passed Vim's open file handles, which means they do
    not have to be closed before Vim.
    To avoid this special treatment, use ":! start".
-   The optional "/min" argument causes the window to be minimized.
+   There are two optional arguments (see the next Q):
+       /min  the window will be minimized
+       /b    no console window will be opened
+   You can use only one of these flags at a time.  A second one will be
+   treated as the start of the command.
+
+Q. How do I avoid getting a window for programs that I run asynchronously?
+A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
+   1) You may use the /min flag in order to run program in a minimized state
+      with no other changes. It will work equally for console and GUI
+      applications.
+   2) You can use the /b flag to run console applications without creating a
+      console window for them (GUI applications are not affected). But you
+      should use this flag only if the application you run doesn't require any
+      input.  Otherwise it will get an EOF error because its input stream
+      (stdin) would be redirected to \\.\NUL (stdout and stderr too).
+
+   Example for a console application, run Exuberant ctags: >
+        :!start /min ctags -R .
+<  When it has finished you should see file named "tags" in your current
+   directory.  You should notice the window title blinking on your taskbar.
+   This is more noticable for commands that take longer.
+   Now delete the "tags" file and run this command: >
+        :!start /b ctags -R .
+<  You should have the same "tags" file, but this time there will be no
+   blinking on the taskbar.
+   Example for a GUI application: >
+        :!start /min notepad
+        :!start /b notepad
+<  The first command runs notepad minimized and the second one runs it
+   normally.
 
 Q. I'm using Win32s, and when I try to run an external command like "make",
    Vim doesn't wait for it to finish!  Help!

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 25
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 10. Highlighting matches	|match-highlight|
 
 ==============================================================================
-1. Search commands				*search-commands* *E486*
+1. Search commands				*search-commands*
 
 							*/*
 /{pattern}[/]<CR>	Search forward for the [count]'th occurrence of
@@ -150,6 +150,11 @@ use <Esc> to abandon the search.
 All matches for the last used search pattern will be highlighted if you set
 the 'hlsearch' option.  This can be suspended with the |:nohlsearch| command.
 
+When no match is found you get the error: *E486* Pattern not found
+Note that for the |:global| command this behaves like a normal message, for Vi
+compatibility.  For the |:s| command the "e" flag can be used to avoid the
+error message |:s_flags|.
+
 					*search-offset* *{offset}*
 These commands search for the specified pattern.  With "/" and "?" an
 additional offset may be given.  There are two types of offsets: line offsets
@@ -632,17 +637,18 @@ overview.
 							*/\@!*
 \@!	Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match at the
 	current position. |/zero-width| {not in Vi}
-	Like '(?!pattern)" in Perl.
+	Like "(?!pattern)" in Perl.
 	Example			matches ~
 	foo\(bar\)\@!		any "foo" not followed by "bar"
-	a.\{-}p\@!		"a", "ap", "app", etc. not followed by a "p"
+	a.\{-}p\@!		"a", "ap", "app", "appp", etc. not immediately
+				followed by a "p"
 	if \(\(then\)\@!.\)*$	"if " not followed by "then"
 
 	Using "\@!" is tricky, because there are many places where a pattern
 	does not match.  "a.*p\@!" will match from an "a" to the end of the
 	line, because ".*" can match all characters in the line and the "p"
 	doesn't match at the end of the line.  "a.\{-}p\@!" will match any
-	"a", "ap", "aap", etc. that isn't followed by a "p", because the "."
+	"a", "ap", "app", etc. that isn't followed by a "p", because the "."
 	can match a "p" and "p\@!" doesn't match after that.
 
 	You can't use "\@!" to look for a non-match before the matching
@@ -651,10 +657,17 @@ overview.
 	"foobar" you could use "\(foo\)\@!...bar", but that doesn't match a
 	bar at the start of a line.  Use "\(foo\)\@<!bar".
 
+	Useful example: to find "foo" in a line that does not contain "bar": >
+		/^\%(.*bar\)\@!.*\zsfoo
+<	This pattern first checks that there is not a single position in the
+	line where "bar" matches.  If ".*bar" matches somewhere the \@! will
+	reject the pattern.  When there is no match any "foo" will be found.
+	The "\zs" is to have the match start just before "foo".
+
 							*/\@<=*
 \@<=	Matches with zero width if the preceding atom matches just before what
 	follows. |/zero-width| {not in Vi}
-	Like '(?<=pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns.
+	Like "(?<=pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns.
 	Example			matches ~
 	\(an\_s\+\)\@<=file	"file" after "an" and white space or an
 				end-of-line
@@ -678,7 +691,7 @@ overview.
 	before what follows.  Thus this matches if there is no position in the
 	current or previous line where the atom matches such that it ends just
 	before what follows.  |/zero-width| {not in Vi}
-	Like '(?<!pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns.
+	Like "(?<!pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns.
 	The match with the preceding atom is made to end just before the match
 	with what follows, thus an atom that ends in ".*" will work.
 	Warning: This can be slow (because many positions need to be checked
@@ -924,7 +937,7 @@ match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
 \l	lowercase character:		[a-z]		*/\l*
 \L	non-lowercase character:	[^a-z]		*/\L*
 \u	uppercase character:		[A-Z]		*/\u*
-\U	non-uppercase character		[^A-Z]		*/\U*
+\U	non-uppercase character:	[^A-Z]		*/\U*
 
 	NOTE: Using the atom is faster than the [] form.
 
@@ -1028,11 +1041,9 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  These items only work for 8-bit characters.
 							*/[[=* *[==]*
 	- An equivalence class.  This means that characters are matched that
-	  have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents.  The form
+	  have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents.  This
-	  is:
+	  only works for Unicode, latin1 and latin9.  The form is:
 		[=a=]
-	  Currently this is only implemented for latin1.  Also works for the
-	  latin1 characters in utf-8 and latin9.
 							*/[[.* *[..]*
 	- A collation element.  This currently simply accepts a single
 	  character in the form:

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,15 +1,21 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Oct 14
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2011 Jun 23
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 <
 Authors:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
 						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
-           The VIM LICENSE applies to getscript.vim and
+	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
-           pi_getscript.txt (see |copyright|) except use
+	package, including getscriptPlugin.vim, getscript.vim,
-           "getscript" instead of "Vim".  No warranty, express or implied.
+	GetLatestVimScripts.dist, and pi_getscript.txt, except use "getscript"
-	   Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
+	instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, getscript and its
+	associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of
+	any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees of
+	merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
+	using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+	holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
+	software. Use at your own risk!
 
 Getscript is a plugin that simplifies retrieval of the latest versions of the
 scripts that you yourself use!  Typing |:GLVS| will invoke getscript; it will
@@ -77,7 +83,9 @@ Your computer needs to have wget or curl for GetLatestVimScripts to do its work.
 3. GetLatestVimScripts Usage				*glvs-usage* *:GLVS*
 
 Unless it has been defined elsewhere, >
+
 	:GLVS
+
 will invoke GetLatestVimScripts().  If some other plugin has defined that
 command, then you may type
 >
@@ -127,7 +135,8 @@ click on the script's link, you'll see a line resembling
 	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
 
 The "40" happens to be a ScriptID that GetLatestVimScripts needs to
-download the associated page.
+download the associated page, and is assigned by vim.sf.net itself
+during initial uploading of the plugin.
 
 The second number on each line gives the script's SourceID.  The SourceID
 records the count of uploaded scripts as determined by vim.sf.net; hence it
@@ -151,19 +160,39 @@ This comment line tells getscript.vim to check vimscript #884 and that the
 script is automatically installable.  Getscript will also use this line to
 help build the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, by including a line such as: >
 
-	884 1 AutoAlign.vim
+	884 1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
 <
-in it an AutoAlign.vim line isn't already in GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.
+assuming that such a line isn't already in GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.
 See |glvs-plugins| for more.  Thus, GetLatestVimScripts thus provides a
 comprehensive ability to keep your plugins up-to-date!
 
+In summary:
+
+  * Optionally tell getscript that it is allowed to build/append a
+    GetLatestVimScripts.dat file based upon already installed plugins: >
+	let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall=1
+<
+  * A line such as >
+	" GetLatestVimScripts: 884  1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
+<   in an already-downloaded plugin constitutes the concurrence of the
+    plugin author that getscript may do AutoInstall.  Not all plugins
+    may be AutoInstall-able, and the plugin's author is best situated
+    to know whether or not his/her plugin will AutoInstall properly.
+
+  * A line such as >
+	884 1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
+<   in your GetLatestVimScripts.dat file constitutes your permission
+    to getscript to do AutoInstall.  AutoInstall requires both your
+    and the plugin author's permission.  See |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|.
+
+
 						*GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
 As an example of a <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file:
 >
     ScriptID SourceID Filename
     --------------------------
-    294 1 Align.vim
+    294 1 :AutoInstall: Align.vim
-    120 2 decho.vim
+    120 2 Decho.vim
      40 3 DrawIt.tar.gz
     451 4 EasyAccents.vim
     195 5 engspchk.vim
@@ -201,8 +230,8 @@ are, then you may include :AutoInstall: just before "yourscriptname":
 	                        ^
 	                    scriptid
 <
-NOTE: :AutoInstall: is a plugin-author option, not a GetLatestVimScripts.dat~
+NOTE: The :AutoInstall: feature requires both the plugin author's and~
-      entry!~
+      the user's permission to operate!~
 
 GetLatestVimScripts commands for those scripts are then appended, if not
 already present, to the user's GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.  It is
@@ -210,7 +239,7 @@ a relatively painless way to automate the acquisition of any scripts your
 plugins depend upon.
 
 Now, as an author, you probably don't want GetLatestVimScripts to download
-your own scripts for you yourself, thereby overwriting your not-yet-released
+your own scripts atop your own copy, thereby overwriting your not-yet-released
 hard work.  GetLatestVimScripts provides a solution for this:  put
 >
 	0 0 yourscriptname
@@ -351,6 +380,11 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 ==============================================================================
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
 
+v44 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
+                     (tgz taz tbz txz)
+v33 May 31, 2011 : * using fnameescape() instead of escape()
+		   * *.xz support
+v32 Jun 19, 2010 : * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
 v31 Jun 29, 2008 : * (Bill McCarthy) fixed having hls enabled with getscript
 		   * (David Schaefer) the acd option interferes with vimballs
 		     Solution: bypass the acd option

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
@@ -6,9 +6,16 @@
 
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright 2005-2010: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
+Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
-	   tar.vim, tarPlugin.vim, and pi_tar.txt.
+	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
-	   No warranty, express or implied.  Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
+	package, including tarPlugin.vim, tar.vim, and pi_tar.txt.  Like
+	anything else that's except use "tar.vim" instead of "VIM".  Like
+	anything else that's free, tar.vim and its associated files are
+	provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of any kind, either
+	expressed or implied.  No guarantees of merchantability.  No
+	guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By using this plugin, you
+	agree that in no event will the copyright holder be liable for any
+	damages resulting from the use of this software. Use at your own risk!
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Contents					*tar* *tar-contents*
@@ -60,11 +67,11 @@ Copyright 2005-2010: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
    <.vimrc> file.
                          Default
    Variable               Value   Explanation
-   *g:tar_browseoptions*    "Ptf"   used to get a list of contents
+   *g:tar_browseoptions*  "Ptf"   used to get a list of contents
-   *g:tar_readoptions*      "OPxf"  used to extract a file from a tarball
+   *g:tar_readoptions*    "OPxf"  used to extract a file from a tarball
-   *g:tar_cmd*              "tar"   the name of the tar program
+   *g:tar_cmd*            "tar"   the name of the tar program
-   *g:tar_nomax*              0     if true, file window will not be maximized
+   *g:tar_nomax*            0     if true, file window will not be maximized
-   *g:tar_secure*           undef   if exists:
+   *g:tar_secure*         undef   if exists:
 					"--"s will be used to prevent unwanted
 					option expansion in tar commands.
 					Please be sure that your tar command
@@ -76,15 +83,20 @@ Copyright 2005-2010: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
 					"-"
 				  Not all tar's support the "--" which is why
 				  it isn't default.
-   *g:tar_writeoptions*     "uf"    used to update/replace a file
+   *g:tar_writeoptions*   "uf"    used to update/replace a file
 
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. History						*tar-history*
 
 
+   v28 Jun 23, 2011 * a few more decompression options (tbz tb2 txz)
+   v27 May 31, 2011 * moved cygwin detection before g:tar_copycmd handling
+   		    * inserted additional |:keepj| modifiers
+		    * changed silent  to  sil!  (|:silent|)
    v26 Aug 09, 2010 * uses buffer-local instead of window variables to hold
 		      tarfile name
+		    * inserted keepj before 0d to protect jump list
    v25 Jun 19, 2010 * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
    v24 Apr 07, 2009 * :Untarvim command implemented
        Sep 28, 2009 * Added lzma support

runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Apr 12
+*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
 
 			       ----------------
 			       Vimball Archiver
@@ -6,16 +6,22 @@
 
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
-	   The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
+	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
-	   (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
+	package, including vimballPlugin.vim, vimball.vim, and pi_vimball.txt.
-	   No warranty, express or implied.
+	except use "vimball" instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free,
-	   Use At-Your-Own-Risk!
+	vimball.vim and its associated files are provided *as is* and comes with
+	no warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees
+	of merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
+	using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+	holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
+	software. Use at your own risk!
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Contents				*vba* *vimball* *vimball-contents*
 
 	1. Contents......................................: |vimball-contents|
+	2. Vimball Introduction..........................: |vimball-intro|
 	3. Vimball Manual................................: |vimball-manual|
 	   MkVimball.....................................: |:MkVimball|
 	   UseVimball....................................: |:UseVimball|
@@ -176,6 +182,24 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 ==============================================================================
 4. Vimball History					*vimball-history* {{{1
 
+	34 : Sep 22, 2011 * "UseVimball path" now supports a non-full path by
+			    prepending the current directory to it.
+	33 : Apr 02, 2011 * Gave priority to *.vmb over *.vba
+			  * Changed silent! to sil! (shorter)
+			  * Safed |'swf'| setting (during vimball extraction,
+			    its now turned off)
+	32 : May 19, 2010 * (Christian Brabrandt) :so someplugin.vba and
+			    :so someplugin.vba.gz (and the other supported
+			    compression types) now works
+			  * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
+			  * fenc extraction was erroneously picking up the
+			    end of the line number when no file encoding
+			    was present.  Fixed.
+			  * By request, beginning the switchover from the vba
+			    extension to vmb.  Currently both are supported;
+			    MkVimball, however, now will create *.vmb files.
+	     Feb 11, 2011 * motoyakurotsu reported an error with vimball's
+			    handling of zero-length files
 	30 : Dec 08, 2008 * fnameescape() inserted to protect error
 			    messaging using corrupted filenames from
 			    causing problems
@@ -199,6 +223,8 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 			    causing problems as reported by Zhang Shuhan
 	24 : Nov 15, 2007 * g:vimball_path_escape used by s:Path() to
 	                    prevent certain characters from causing trouble
+			    (defunct: |fnameescape()| and |shellescape()|
+			    now used instead)
 	22 : Mar 21, 2007 * uses setlocal instead of set during BufEnter
 	21 : Nov 27, 2006 * (tnx to Bill McCarthy) vimball had a header
 	                    handling problem and it now changes \s to /s

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 14
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
@@ -6,25 +6,26 @@
 
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
-           Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
+	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
-	   with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
+	package, including zipPlugin.vim, zip.vim, and pi_zip.vim.  except use
-	   notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
+	"zip.vim" instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, zip.vim
-	   zip.vim, zipPlugin.vim, and pi_zip.txt are provided *as is*
+	and its associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no
-	   and it comes with no warranty of any kind, either expressed or
+	warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees of
-	   implied. By using this plugin, you agree that in no event will
+	merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
-	   the copyright holder be liable for any damages resulting from
+	using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
-	   the use of this software.
+	holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
+	software. Use at your own risk!
 
 ==============================================================================
-1. Contents					*zip* *zip-contents*
+1. Contents						*zip* *zip-contents*
    1. Contents................................................|zip-contents|
    2. Usage...................................................|zip-usage|
    3. Additional Extensions...................................|zip-extension|
    4. History.................................................|zip-history|
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. Usage					*zip-usage* *zip-manual*
+2. Usage						*zip-usage* *zip-manual*
 
    When one edits a *.zip file, this plugin will handle displaying a
    contents page.  Select a file to edit by moving the cursor atop
@@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
 ==============================================================================
 3. Additional Extensions					*zip-extension*
 
-   Apparently there are a number of archivers who generate zip files that
+   Apparently there are a number of archivers which generate zip files that
    don't use the .zip extension (.jar, .xpi, etc).  To handle such files,
    place a line in your <.vimrc> file: >
 
@@ -83,7 +84,13 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
    should be treated as zip files.
 
 ==============================================================================
-4. History					*zip-history* {{{1
+4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
+   v25 Jun 27, 2011 * using keepj with unzip -Z
+		      (consistent with the -p variant)
+   v24 Jun 21, 2010 * (Cédric Bosdonnat) unzip seems to need its filenames
+		      fnameescape'd as well as shellquote'd
+		    * (Motoya Kurotsu) inserted keepj before 0d to protect
+		      jump list
    v17 May 09, 2008 * arno caught a security bug
    v15 Sep 07, 2007 * &shq now used if not the empty string for g:zip_shq
    v14 May 07, 2007 * using b:zipfile instead of w:zipfile to avoid problem

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 01
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -215,28 +215,29 @@ command with 'l'.
 
 							*:cex* *:cexpr* *E777*
 :cex[pr][!] {expr}	Create a quickfix list using the result of {expr} and
-			jump to the first error.  If {expr} is a String, then
+			jump to the first error.
-			each new-line terminated line in the String is
+			If {expr} is a String, then each new-line terminated
-			processed using 'errorformat' and the result is added
+			line in the String is processed using the global value
-			to the quickfix list.  If {expr} is a List, then each
+			of 'errorformat' and the result is added to the
-			String item in the list is processed and added to the
+			quickfix list.
-			quickfix list.  Non String items in the List are
+			If {expr} is a List, then each String item in the list
-			ignored. See |:cc|
+			is processed and added to the quickfix list.  Non
-			for [!].
+			String items in the List are ignored.
+			See |:cc| for [!].
 			Examples: >
 				:cexpr system('grep -n xyz *')
 				:cexpr getline(1, '$')
 <
 							*:lex* *:lexpr*
-:lex[pr][!] {expr}	Same as ":cexpr", except the location list for the
+:lex[pr][!] {expr}	Same as |:cexpr|, except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
 							*:cgete* *:cgetexpr*
 :cgete[xpr] {expr}	Create a quickfix list using the result of {expr}.
-			Just like ":cexpr", but don't jump to the first error.
+			Just like |:cexpr|, but don't jump to the first error.
 
 							*:lgete* *:lgetexpr*
-:lgete[xpr] {expr}	Same as ":cgetexpr", except the location list for the
+:lgete[xpr] {expr}	Same as |:cgetexpr|, except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
 							*:cad* *:caddexpr*
@@ -912,8 +913,8 @@ Basic items
 	%n		error number (finds a number)
 	%m		error message (finds a string)
 	%r		matches the "rest" of a single-line file message %O/P/Q
-	%p		pointer line (finds a sequence of '-', '.' or ' ' and
+	%p		pointer line (finds a sequence of '-', '.', ' ' or
-			uses the length for the column number)
+			tabs and uses the length for the column number)
 	%*{conv}	any scanf non-assignable conversion
 	%%		the single '%' character
 	%s		search text (finds a string)

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 02
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -657,6 +657,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'cscopepathcomp'  'cspc'    how many components of the path to show
 'cscopeprg'       'csprg'   command to execute cscope
 'cscopequickfix'  'csqf'    use quickfix window for cscope results
+'cscoperelative'  'csre'    Use cscope.out path basename as prefix
 'cscopetag'       'cst'     use cscope for tag commands
 'cscopetagorder'  'csto'    determines ":cstag" search order
 'cscopeverbose'   'csverb'  give messages when adding a cscope database
@@ -800,7 +801,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'omnifunc'	  'ofu'     function for filetype-specific completion
 'opendevice'	  'odev'    allow reading/writing devices on MS-Windows
 'operatorfunc'	  'opfunc'  function to be called for |g@| operator
-'osfiletype'	  'oft'     operating system-specific filetype information
+'osfiletype' 	  'oft'     no longer supported
 'paragraphs'	  'para'    nroff macros that separate paragraphs
 'paste'			    allow pasting text
 'pastetoggle'	  'pt'	    key code that causes 'paste' to toggle
@@ -850,6 +851,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'shellslash'	  'ssl'     use forward slash for shell file names
 'shelltemp'	  'stmp'    whether to use a temp file for shell commands
 'shelltype'	  'st'	    Amiga: influences how to use a shell
+'shellxescape'	  'sxe'     characters to escape when 'shellxquote' is (
 'shellxquote'	  'sxq'     like 'shellquote', but include redirection
 'shiftround'	  'sr'	    round indent to multiple of shiftwidth
 'shiftwidth'	  'sw'	    number of spaces to use for (auto)indent step

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jan 06
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			it was the result of a mapping)  {Vi: no recording}
 
 							*@*
-@{0-9a-z".=*}		Execute the contents of register {0-9a-z".=*} [count]
+@{0-9a-z".=*+}		Execute the contents of register {0-9a-z".=*+} [count]
 			times.  Note that register '%' (name of the current
 			file) and '#' (name of the alternate file) cannot be
 			used.
@@ -123,8 +123,8 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 							*@@* *E748*
 @@			Repeat the previous @{0-9a-z":*} [count] times.
 
-:[addr]*{0-9a-z".=}						*:@* *:star*
+:[addr]*{0-9a-z".=+}						*:@* *:star*
-:[addr]@{0-9a-z".=*}	Execute the contents of register {0-9a-z".=*} as an Ex
+:[addr]@{0-9a-z".=*+}	Execute the contents of register {0-9a-z".=*+} as an Ex
 			command.  First set cursor at line [addr] (default is
 			current line).  When the last line in the register does
 			not have a <CR> it will be added automatically when

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 14
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ DEFINING A SIGN.			*:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
 
 		Accepted arguments:
 
-	icon={pixmap}
+	icon={bitmap}
 		Define the file name where the bitmap can be found.  Should be
 		a full path.  The bitmap should fit in the place of two
 		characters.  This is not checked.  If the bitmap is too big it
@@ -86,6 +86,8 @@ DEFINING A SIGN.			*:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
 			GTK 1		pixmap (.xpm)
 			GTK 2		many
 			Motif		pixmap (.xpm)
+			Win32		.bmp, .ico, .cur
+					pixmap (.xpm) |+xpm_w32|
 
 	linehl={group}
 		Highlighting group used for the whole line the sign is placed

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 01
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1244,6 +1244,7 @@ one or more groups, where each group can be:
 Optionally this may be followed by:
 	*	the group appears zero or more times, e.g., sm*e
 	+	the group appears one or more times, e.g., c+
+	?	the group appears zero times or once, e.g., x?
 
 This is similar to the regexp pattern syntax (but not the same!).  A few
 examples with the sequence of word flags they require:
@@ -1251,6 +1252,7 @@ examples with the sequence of word flags they require:
     COMPOUNDRULE yz	    yz
     COMPOUNDRULE x+z	    xz xxz xxxz etc.
     COMPOUNDRULE yx+	    yx yxx yxxx etc.
+    COMPOUNDRULE xy?z	    xz xyz
 
     COMPOUNDRULE [abc]z    az bz cz
     COMPOUNDRULE [abc]+z   az aaz abaz bz baz bcbz cz caz cbaz etc.

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 18
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -248,7 +248,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 							*-g*
--g		Start Vim in GUI mode.  See |gui|.  {not in Vi}
+-g		Start Vim in GUI mode.  See |gui|. For the opposite see |-v|.
+		{not in Vi}
 
 							*-v*
 -v		Start Ex in Vi mode.  Only makes a difference when the
@@ -424,12 +425,7 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		"-d con:30/10/600/150".  But you can also use it to start
 		editing on another device, e.g., AUX:.  {not in Vi}
 							*-f*
--f		Amiga: Do not restart Vim to open a new window.  This
+-f		GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim.
-		option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
-		will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
-		readnews).  See |amiga-window|.
-
-		GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim.
 		'f' stands for "foreground".  If omitted, the GUI forks a new
 		process and exits the current one.  "-f" should be used when
 		gvim is started by a program that will wait for the edit
@@ -437,8 +433,14 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		never to fork, include 'f' in 'guioptions' in your |gvimrc|.
 		Careful: You can use "-gf" to start the GUI in the foreground,
 		but "-fg" is used to specify the foreground color.  |gui-fork|
+
+		Amiga: Do not restart Vim to open a new window.  This
+		option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
+		will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
+		readnews).  See |amiga-window|.
 		{not in Vi}
 
+
 							*--nofork*
 --nofork	GUI: Do not fork.  Same as |-f|.
 							*-u* *E282*

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Apr 01
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -199,7 +199,8 @@ REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE			*mysyntaxfile-replace*
 If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
 version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above.  Just make sure
 that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
-Vim will only load the first syntax file found.
+Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
+b:current_syntax.
 
 
 NAMING CONVENTIONS		    *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
@@ -468,18 +469,28 @@ disabled javascript to view closed folds. To use this option, use: >
 Setting html_no_foldcolumn with html_dynamic_folds will automatically set
 html_hover_unfold, because otherwise the folds wouldn't be dynamic.
 
-By default "<pre>" and "</pre>" is used around the text.  This makes it show
+By default "<pre>" and "</pre>" are used around the text. When 'wrap' is set
-up as you see it in Vim, but without wrapping.	If you prefer wrapping, at the
+in the window being converted, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
-risk of making some things look a bit different, use: >
+used to wrap the text. You can explicitly enable the wrapping with: >
+   :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
+or disable with >
+   :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
+This generates HTML that looks very close to the Vim window, but unfortunately
+there can be minor differences such as the lack of a 'showbreak' option in in
+the HTML, or where line breaks can occur.
+
+Another way to obtain text wrapping in the HTML, at the risk of making some
+things look even more different, is to use: >
    :let g:html_no_pre = 1
 This will use <br> at the end of each line and use "&nbsp;" for repeated
-spaces.
+spaces. Doing it this way is more compatible with old browsers, but modern
+browsers support the "white-space" method.
 
-If you do use the "<pre>" tags, <Tab> characters in the text are included in
+If you do stick with the default "<pre>" tags, <Tab> characters in the text
-the generated output if they will have no effect on the appearance of the
+are included in the generated output if they will have no effect on the
-text and it looks like they are in the document intentionally. This allows for
+appearance of the text and it looks like they are in the document
-the HTML output to be copied and pasted from a browser without losing the
+intentionally. This allows for the HTML output to be copied and pasted from a
-actual whitespace used in the document.
+browser without losing the actual whitespace used in the document.
 
 Specifically, <Tab> characters will be included if the 'tabstop' option is set
 to the default of 8, 'expandtab' is not set, and if neither the foldcolumn nor
@@ -502,13 +513,14 @@ inserted lines as with the side-by-side diff, use: >
     :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
 And to go back to displaying up to three lines again: >
     :unlet g:html_whole_filler
-<
+
-TOhtml uses the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not,
+For most buffers, TOhtml uses the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or
-to determine the charset and 'fileencoding' of the HTML file. In general, this
+'encoding' if not, to determine the charset and 'fileencoding' of the HTML
-works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in |encoding-names|, but
+file. 'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. In general, this
-TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings which are widely supported.
+works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in |encoding-names|,
-However, you can override this to support specific encodings that may not be
+but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings which are widely
-automatically detected by default.
+supported. However, you can override this to support specific encodings that
+may not be automatically detected by default.
 
 To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
 name of the charset to be used. TOhtml will try to determine the appropriate
@@ -743,10 +755,12 @@ c_no_ansi		don't do standard ANSI types and constants
 c_ansi_typedefs		 ... but do standard ANSI types
 c_ansi_constants	 ... but do standard ANSI constants
 c_no_utf		don't highlight \u and \U in strings
-c_syntax_for_h		use C syntax for *.h files, instead of C++
+c_syntax_for_h		for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
+			syntax instead of objcpp
 c_no_if0		don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
 c_no_cformat		don't highlight %-formats in strings
 c_no_c99		don't highlight C99 standard items
+c_no_c11		don't highlight C11 standard items
 
 When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
 become a fold.  If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
@@ -855,13 +869,13 @@ used.
 Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard.  Some systems
 symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
 between csh and tcsh.  In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
-"filetype_csh" variable.  For using csh: >
+"filetype_csh" variable.  For using csh:  *g:filetype_csh*
-
+>
-	:let filetype_csh = "csh"
+	:let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
 
 For using tcsh: >
 
-	:let filetype_csh = "tcsh"
+	:let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
 
 Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
 tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh.  All other tcsh/csh scripts
@@ -974,9 +988,9 @@ Example: >
 or >
 	// vim:syntax=c.doxygen
 
-It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C# and IDL files by setting the
+It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
-global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax.  This is done by adding
+the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax.  This is done by
-the following to your .vimrc. >
+adding the following to your .vimrc. >
 	:let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
 
 There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting, and
@@ -1091,6 +1105,8 @@ your .vimrc: >
 FLEXWIKI				*flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
 
 FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
+NOTE: this site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
+development stopped in 2009.
 
 Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
 syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
@@ -1142,14 +1158,12 @@ conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
 FORTRAN					*fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
 
 Default highlighting and dialect ~
-Highlighting appropriate for f95 (Fortran 95) is used by default.  This choice
+Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default.  This choice
-should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 95 is a
+should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is 
-superset of Fortran 90 and almost a superset of Fortran 77. Support for 
+almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77). 
-Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 features has been introduced and is
-automatically available in the default (f95) highlighting.
 
 Fortran source code form ~
-Fortran 9x code can be in either fixed or free source form.  Note that the
+Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form.  Note that the
 syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
 
 When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
@@ -1230,52 +1244,54 @@ recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
 construct.
 
 Non-default fortran dialects ~
-The syntax script supports five Fortran dialects: f95, f90, f77, the Lahey
+The syntax script supports two Fortran dialects: f08 and F. You will probably
-subset elf90, and the Imagine1 subset F.
+find the default highlighting (f08) satisfactory.  A few legacy constructs
+deleted or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard are highlighted as todo
+items.
 
-If you use f77 with extensions, even common ones like do/enddo loops, do/while
+If you use F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is that
-loops and free source form that are supported by most f77 compilers including
+other legacy features excluded from F will be highlighted as todo items and
-g77 (GNU Fortran), then you will probably find the default highlighting
+that free source form will be assumed. 
-satisfactory.  However, if you use strict f77 with no extensions, not even free
-source form or the MIL STD 1753 extensions, then the advantages of setting the
-dialect to f77 are that names such as SUM are recognized as user variable
-names and not highlighted as f9x intrinsic functions, that obsolete constructs
-such as ASSIGN statements are not highlighted as todo items, and that fixed
-source form will be assumed.
 
-If you use elf90 or F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is
+The dialect can be selected in various ways.  If all your fortran files use
-that f90 features excluded from these dialects will be highlighted as todo
+the same dialect, set the global variable fortran_dialect in your .vimrc prior
-items and that free source form will be assumed as required for these
+to your syntax on statement.  The case-sensitive, permissible values of
-dialects.
+fortran_dialect are "f08" or "F".  Invalid values of fortran_dialect are
+ignored.
 
-The dialect can be selected by setting the variable fortran_dialect.  The
+If the dialect depends upon the file extension, then it is most convenient to
-permissible values of fortran_dialect are case-sensitive and must be "f95",
+set a buffer-local variable in a ftplugin file.  For more information on
-"f90", "f77", "elf" or "F".  Invalid values of fortran_dialect are ignored.
+ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|.  For example, if all your fortran files with
-
+an .f90 extension are written in the F subset, your ftplugin file should
-If all your fortran files use the same dialect, set fortran_dialect in your
+contain the code >
-.vimrc prior to your syntax on statement.  If the dialect depends upon the file
-extension, then it is most convenient to set it in a ftplugin file.  For more
-information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|.  For example, if all your
-fortran files with an .f90 extension are written in the elf subset, your
-ftplugin file should contain the code >
     let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
     if s:extfname ==? "f90"
-	let fortran_dialect="elf"
+	let b:fortran_dialect="F"
     else
-	unlet! fortran_dialect
+	unlet! b:fortran_dialect
     endif
 Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
 precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
 
 Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
-the dialect.  You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis, by
+the dialect.  You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis,
-including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=f77 or
+by including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=F or
-elf or F or f90 or f95) in one of the first three lines in your file.  For
+f08) in one of the first three lines in your file.  For example, your older .f
-example, your older .f files may be written in extended f77 but your newer
+files may be legacy code but your newer ones may be F codes, and you would
-ones may be F codes, and you would identify the latter by including in the
+identify the latter by including in the first three lines of those files a
-first three lines of those files a Fortran comment of the form >
+Fortran comment of the form >
   ! fortran_dialect=F
-F overrides elf if both directives are present.
+
+For previous versions of the syntax, you may have set fortran_dialect to the
+now-obsolete values "f77", "f90", "f95", or "elf". Such settings will be
+silently handled as "f08". Users of "elf" may wish to experiment with "F"
+instead. 
+
+The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
+comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
+non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
+or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
+items. 
 
 Limitations ~
 Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses.  Hollerith
@@ -1590,11 +1606,6 @@ which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
 strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively.  I
 have opted to chose another background for those statements.
 
-In order to help you write code that can be easily ported between Java and
-C++, all C++ keywords can be marked as an error in a Java program.  To
-have this add this line in your .vimrc file: >
-	:let java_allow_cpp_keywords = 0
-
 Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
 creates HTML pages.  The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
 similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|).  You can even add Javascript
@@ -1733,19 +1744,10 @@ instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
 
 LUA						*lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
 
-This syntax file may be used for Lua 4.0, Lua 5.0 or Lua 5.1 (the latter is
+The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
 the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
 lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
-4.0 syntax highlighting, use this command: >
+5.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this:
-
-	:let lua_version = 4
-
-If you are using Lua 5.0, use these commands: >
-
-	:let lua_version = 5
-	:let lua_subversion = 0
-
-To restore highlighting for Lua 5.1: >
 
 	:let lua_version = 5
 	:let lua_subversion = 1
@@ -2359,6 +2361,12 @@ This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
 displayed line.  The default value is 10.  The disadvantage of using a larger
 number is that redrawing can become slow.
 
+Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is.  If it can't be detected (from
+comment lines), the default is "r".  To make the default rexx add this line to
+your .vimrc:  *g:filetype_r*
+>
+	:let g:filetype_r = "r"
+
 
 RUBY						*ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
 
@@ -2586,8 +2594,41 @@ reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set.  Example: >
 The default is to use the twice sh_minlines.  Set it to a smaller number to
 speed up displaying.  The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
 
+						*g:sh_isk* *g:sh_noisk*
+The shell languages appear to let "." be part of words, commands, etc;
+consequently it should be in the isk for sh.vim.  As of v116 of syntax/sh.vim,
+syntax/sh.vim will append the "." to |'iskeyword'| by default; you may control
+this behavior with: >
+	let g:sh_isk  = '..whatever characters you want as part of iskeyword'
+	let g:sh_noisk= 1  " otherwise, if this exists, the isk will NOT chg
+<
+						*sh-embed*  *sh-awk*
+ Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
 
-SPEEDUP (AspenTech plant simulator)		*spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
+You may wish to embed languages into sh.  I'll give an example courtesy of
+Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
+file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
+
+    " AWK Embedding: {{{1
+    " ==============
+    " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
+    if exists("b:current_syntax")
+      unlet b:current_syntax
+    endif
+    syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
+    syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
+    syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
+    syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
+    hi def link AWKCommand Type
+<
+This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
+	awk '...awk code here...'
+be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax.  Clearly this may be
+extended to other languages.
+
+
+SPEEDUP						*spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
+(AspenTech plant simulator)
 
 The Speedup syntax file has some options:
 
@@ -2670,6 +2711,8 @@ sections, subsections, etc are supported.  Put >
 in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax.  I suggest doing the latter via a
 modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
 	% vim: fdm=syntax
+If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
+ 	http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Keep_folds_closed_while_inserting_text
 <
 								*tex-nospell*
  Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
@@ -2678,7 +2721,14 @@ Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
 prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files.  To do
 this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
       let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
-<
+The comment lines >
+	% nospell{
+	...
+	% nospell}
+will suppress spell checking between them.  These comment lines spelling
+control are known to be fragile; for example, don't include any of the section
+commands (\part, \chapter, \section, \paragraph, etc) inside nospell blocks
+or interleave environments (such as math) across nospell blocks.
 								*tex-verb*
  Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
 
@@ -2710,6 +2760,9 @@ If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
 increase them.	This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
 if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
 
+Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
+|tex-folding| for a way around this.
+
 					    *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
  Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
 
@@ -2718,7 +2771,9 @@ of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts.  If you're using such a
 package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
 it.  However, clearly this is impractical.  So please consider using the
 techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
-by syntax/tex.vim.
+by syntax/tex.vim.  Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
+which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
+http://vim.sf.net/.
 
 								*tex-error*
  Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
@@ -2780,6 +2835,7 @@ You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
 following sets of characters: >
 
 	a = accents/ligatures
+	b = bold and italic
 	d = delimiters
 	m = math symbols
 	g = Greek
@@ -2788,6 +2844,18 @@ following sets of characters: >
 By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
 substitution will not be made.
 
+						*g:tex_isk*
+ Tex: Controlling What's In A Keyword~
+
+(La)Tex keywords normally use the characters 0-9,a-z,A-Z,192-255 only
+but the "_" is the only one that causes problems.  So, by default,
+syntax/tex.vim overrides the usual |'iskeyword'| setting (using |:setlocal|)
+with one that works for LaTeX.
+
+However, one may override this iskeyword re-setting by setting the
+variable, g:tex_isk, in one's .vimrc to whatever one wishes and
+it will be used instead.
+ 
 
 TF						*tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
 
@@ -3862,7 +3930,7 @@ First syncing method:			*:syn-sync-first*
 The file will be parsed from the start.  This makes syntax highlighting
 accurate, but can be slow for long files.  Vim caches previously parsed text,
 so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time.  However,
-when making changes some part of the next needs to be parsed again (worst
+when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
 case: to the end of the file).
 
 Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
@@ -4375,6 +4443,8 @@ IncSearch	'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
 							*hl-LineNr*
 LineNr		Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
 		or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+							*hl-CursorLineNr*
+CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
 							*hl-MatchParen*
 MatchParen	The character under the cursor or just before it, if it
 		is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -154,12 +154,14 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'cscopepathcomp'	options.txt	/*'cscopepathcomp'*
 'cscopeprg'	options.txt	/*'cscopeprg'*
 'cscopequickfix'	options.txt	/*'cscopequickfix'*
+'cscoperelative'	options.txt	/*'cscoperelative'*
 'cscopetag'	options.txt	/*'cscopetag'*
 'cscopetagorder'	options.txt	/*'cscopetagorder'*
 'cscopeverbose'	options.txt	/*'cscopeverbose'*
 'cspc'	options.txt	/*'cspc'*
 'csprg'	options.txt	/*'csprg'*
 'csqf'	options.txt	/*'csqf'*
+'csre'	options.txt	/*'csre'*
 'cst'	options.txt	/*'cst'*
 'csto'	options.txt	/*'csto'*
 'csverb'	options.txt	/*'csverb'*
@@ -781,6 +783,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'shellslash'	options.txt	/*'shellslash'*
 'shelltemp'	options.txt	/*'shelltemp'*
 'shelltype'	options.txt	/*'shelltype'*
+'shellxescape'	options.txt	/*'shellxescape'*
 'shellxquote'	options.txt	/*'shellxquote'*
 'shiftround'	options.txt	/*'shiftround'*
 'shiftwidth'	options.txt	/*'shiftwidth'*
@@ -850,6 +853,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'swf'	options.txt	/*'swf'*
 'switchbuf'	options.txt	/*'switchbuf'*
 'sws'	options.txt	/*'sws'*
+'sxe'	options.txt	/*'sxe'*
 'sxq'	options.txt	/*'sxq'*
 'syn'	options.txt	/*'syn'*
 'synmaxcol'	options.txt	/*'synmaxcol'*
@@ -1182,6 +1186,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +mouse_netterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_netterm*
 +mouse_pterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_pterm*
 +mouse_sysmouse	various.txt	/*+mouse_sysmouse*
++mouse_urxvt	various.txt	/*+mouse_urxvt*
 +mouse_xterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_xterm*
 +mouseshape	various.txt	/*+mouseshape*
 +multi_byte	various.txt	/*+multi_byte*
@@ -1191,7 +1196,6 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +mzscheme/dyn	various.txt	/*+mzscheme\/dyn*
 +netbeans_intg	various.txt	/*+netbeans_intg*
 +ole	various.txt	/*+ole*
-+osfiletype	various.txt	/*+osfiletype*
 +path_extra	various.txt	/*+path_extra*
 +perl	various.txt	/*+perl*
 +perl/dyn	various.txt	/*+perl\/dyn*
@@ -1241,6 +1245,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +writebackup	various.txt	/*+writebackup*
 +xfontset	various.txt	/*+xfontset*
 +xim	various.txt	/*+xim*
++xpm_w32	various.txt	/*+xpm_w32*
 +xsmp	various.txt	/*+xsmp*
 +xsmp_interact	various.txt	/*+xsmp_interact*
 +xterm_clipboard	various.txt	/*+xterm_clipboard*
@@ -2091,6 +2096,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :display	change.txt	/*:display*
 :dj	tagsrch.txt	/*:dj*
 :djump	tagsrch.txt	/*:djump*
+:dl	change.txt	/*:dl*
 :dli	tagsrch.txt	/*:dli*
 :dlist	tagsrch.txt	/*:dlist*
 :do	autocmd.txt	/*:do*
@@ -2611,6 +2617,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :resize	windows.txt	/*:resize*
 :ret	change.txt	/*:ret*
 :retab	change.txt	/*:retab*
+:retab!	change.txt	/*:retab!*
 :retu	eval.txt	/*:retu*
 :return	eval.txt	/*:return*
 :rew	editing.txt	/*:rew*
@@ -3202,6 +3209,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 <line1>	map.txt	/*<line1>*
 <line2>	map.txt	/*<line2>*
 <lt>	intro.txt	/*<lt>*
+<nomodeline>	autocmd.txt	/*<nomodeline>*
 <q-args>	map.txt	/*<q-args>*
 <reg>	map.txt	/*<reg>*
 <register>	map.txt	/*<register>*
@@ -3623,9 +3631,6 @@ E287	mbyte.txt	/*E287*
 E288	mbyte.txt	/*E288*
 E289	mbyte.txt	/*E289*
 E29	change.txt	/*E29*
-E290	mbyte.txt	/*E290*
-E291	mbyte.txt	/*E291*
-E292	mbyte.txt	/*E292*
 E293	message.txt	/*E293*
 E294	message.txt	/*E294*
 E295	message.txt	/*E295*
@@ -3705,7 +3710,6 @@ E362	term.txt	/*E362*
 E363	options.txt	/*E363*
 E364	eval.txt	/*E364*
 E365	print.txt	/*E365*
-E366	options.txt	/*E366*
 E367	autocmd.txt	/*E367*
 E368	eval.txt	/*E368*
 E369	pattern.txt	/*E369*
@@ -3970,8 +3974,6 @@ E607	eval.txt	/*E607*
 E608	eval.txt	/*E608*
 E609	if_cscop.txt	/*E609*
 E61	pattern.txt	/*E61*
-E610	options.txt	/*E610*
-E611	options.txt	/*E611*
 E612	sign.txt	/*E612*
 E613	print.txt	/*E613*
 E614	editing.txt	/*E614*
@@ -4234,6 +4236,12 @@ E847	syntax.txt	/*E847*
 E848	syntax.txt	/*E848*
 E849	syntax.txt	/*E849*
 E85	options.txt	/*E85*
+E850	change.txt	/*E850*
+E851	gui_x11.txt	/*E851*
+E852	gui_x11.txt	/*E852*
+E853	eval.txt	/*E853*
+E854	options.txt	/*E854*
+E855	autocmd.txt	/*E855*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
 E87	windows.txt	/*E87*
 E88	windows.txt	/*E88*
@@ -4303,6 +4311,7 @@ IME	mbyte.txt	/*IME*
 Insert	insert.txt	/*Insert*
 Insert-mode	insert.txt	/*Insert-mode*
 InsertChange	autocmd.txt	/*InsertChange*
+InsertCharPre	autocmd.txt	/*InsertCharPre*
 InsertEnter	autocmd.txt	/*InsertEnter*
 InsertLeave	autocmd.txt	/*InsertLeave*
 J	change.txt	/*J*
@@ -4682,6 +4691,7 @@ alt	intro.txt	/*alt*
 alt-input	debugger.txt	/*alt-input*
 alternate-file	editing.txt	/*alternate-file*
 amiga-window	starting.txt	/*amiga-window*
+and()	eval.txt	/*and()*
 anonymous-function	eval.txt	/*anonymous-function*
 ant.vim	syntax.txt	/*ant.vim*
 ap	motion.txt	/*ap*
@@ -4736,6 +4746,7 @@ autocmds-kept	version5.txt	/*autocmds-kept*
 autocommand	autocmd.txt	/*autocommand*
 autocommand-events	autocmd.txt	/*autocommand-events*
 autocommand-pattern	autocmd.txt	/*autocommand-pattern*
+autoformat	change.txt	/*autoformat*
 autoload	eval.txt	/*autoload*
 autoload-functions	eval.txt	/*autoload-functions*
 avoid-hit-enter	version5.txt	/*avoid-hit-enter*
@@ -4784,6 +4795,7 @@ beval_col-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_col-variable*
 beval_lnum-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_lnum-variable*
 beval_text-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_text-variable*
 beval_winnr-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_winnr-variable*
+bitwise-function	usr_41.txt	/*bitwise-function*
 blockwise-examples	visual.txt	/*blockwise-examples*
 blockwise-operators	visual.txt	/*blockwise-operators*
 blockwise-register	change.txt	/*blockwise-register*
@@ -4958,6 +4970,41 @@ charset-conversion	mbyte.txt	/*charset-conversion*
 chill.vim	syntax.txt	/*chill.vim*
 cindent()	eval.txt	/*cindent()*
 cinkeys-format	indent.txt	/*cinkeys-format*
+cino-#	indent.txt	/*cino-#*
+cino-(	indent.txt	/*cino-(*
+cino-)	indent.txt	/*cino-)*
+cino-+	indent.txt	/*cino-+*
+cino-/	indent.txt	/*cino-\/*
+cino-:	indent.txt	/*cino-:*
+cino-=	indent.txt	/*cino-=*
+cino->	indent.txt	/*cino->*
+cino-C	indent.txt	/*cino-C*
+cino-J	indent.txt	/*cino-J*
+cino-L	indent.txt	/*cino-L*
+cino-M	indent.txt	/*cino-M*
+cino-N	indent.txt	/*cino-N*
+cino-U	indent.txt	/*cino-U*
+cino-W	indent.txt	/*cino-W*
+cino-^	indent.txt	/*cino-^*
+cino-b	indent.txt	/*cino-b*
+cino-c	indent.txt	/*cino-c*
+cino-e	indent.txt	/*cino-e*
+cino-f	indent.txt	/*cino-f*
+cino-g	indent.txt	/*cino-g*
+cino-h	indent.txt	/*cino-h*
+cino-i	indent.txt	/*cino-i*
+cino-j	indent.txt	/*cino-j*
+cino-k	indent.txt	/*cino-k*
+cino-l	indent.txt	/*cino-l*
+cino-m	indent.txt	/*cino-m*
+cino-n	indent.txt	/*cino-n*
+cino-p	indent.txt	/*cino-p*
+cino-star	indent.txt	/*cino-star*
+cino-t	indent.txt	/*cino-t*
+cino-u	indent.txt	/*cino-u*
+cino-w	indent.txt	/*cino-w*
+cino-{	indent.txt	/*cino-{*
+cino-}	indent.txt	/*cino-}*
 cinoptions-values	indent.txt	/*cinoptions-values*
 clear-undo	undo.txt	/*clear-undo*
 clearmatches()	eval.txt	/*clearmatches()*
@@ -5062,6 +5109,7 @@ cpo-+	options.txt	/*cpo-+*
 cpo--	options.txt	/*cpo--*
 cpo-.	options.txt	/*cpo-.*
 cpo-/	options.txt	/*cpo-\/*
+cpo-;	options.txt	/*cpo-;*
 cpo-<	options.txt	/*cpo-<*
 cpo->	options.txt	/*cpo->*
 cpo-A	options.txt	/*cpo-A*
@@ -5131,6 +5179,7 @@ cscope_connection()	eval.txt	/*cscope_connection()*
 cscopepathcomp	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopepathcomp*
 cscopeprg	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopeprg*
 cscopequickfix	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopequickfix*
+cscoperelative	if_cscop.txt	/*cscoperelative*
 cscopetag	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopetag*
 cscopetagorder	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopetagorder*
 cscopeverbose	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopeverbose*
@@ -5138,6 +5187,7 @@ csh.vim	syntax.txt	/*csh.vim*
 cspc	if_cscop.txt	/*cspc*
 csprg	if_cscop.txt	/*csprg*
 csqf	if_cscop.txt	/*csqf*
+csre	if_cscop.txt	/*csre*
 cst	if_cscop.txt	/*cst*
 csto	if_cscop.txt	/*csto*
 csverb	if_cscop.txt	/*csverb*
@@ -5415,6 +5465,11 @@ expr-env	eval.txt	/*expr-env*
 expr-env-expand	eval.txt	/*expr-env-expand*
 expr-function	eval.txt	/*expr-function*
 expr-is	eval.txt	/*expr-is*
+expr-is#	eval.txt	/*expr-is#*
+expr-is?	eval.txt	/*expr-is?*
+expr-isnot	eval.txt	/*expr-isnot*
+expr-isnot#	eval.txt	/*expr-isnot#*
+expr-isnot?	eval.txt	/*expr-isnot?*
 expr-nesting	eval.txt	/*expr-nesting*
 expr-number	eval.txt	/*expr-number*
 expr-option	eval.txt	/*expr-option*
@@ -5648,6 +5703,7 @@ ft-ptcap-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ptcap-syntax*
 ft-python-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-python-indent*
 ft-python-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-python-syntax*
 ft-quake-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-quake-syntax*
+ft-r-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-r-indent*
 ft-readline-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-readline-syntax*
 ft-rexx-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rexx-syntax*
 ft-ruby-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-ruby-omni*
@@ -5714,6 +5770,7 @@ g-	undo.txt	/*g-*
 g0	motion.txt	/*g0*
 g8	various.txt	/*g8*
 g:NetrwTopLvlMenu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*
+g:Netrw_corehandler	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_corehandler*
 g:Netrw_funcref	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_funcref*
 g:ada#Comment	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Comment*
 g:ada#Ctags_Kinds	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Ctags_Kinds*
@@ -5743,6 +5800,8 @@ g:decada.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Error_Format*
 g:decada.Make()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Make()*
 g:decada.Make_Command	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Make_Command*
 g:decada.Unit_Name()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Unit_Name()*
+g:filetype_csh	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_csh*
+g:filetype_r	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_r*
 g:gnat	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat*
 g:gnat.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Error_Format*
 g:gnat.Find()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Find()*
@@ -5770,6 +5829,7 @@ g:netrw_cygwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_cygwin*
 g:netrw_dav_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dav_cmd*
 g:netrw_decompress	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_decompress*
 g:netrw_dirhistmax	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dirhistmax*
+g:netrw_errorlvl	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_errorlvl*
 g:netrw_fastbrowse	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
 g:netrw_fetch_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
 g:netrw_fname_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fname_escape*
@@ -5777,6 +5837,7 @@ g:netrw_ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp*
 g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*
 g:netrw_ftp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_cmd*
 g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd*
+g:netrw_ftp_options	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_options*
 g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd*
 g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*
 g:netrw_ftpextracmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftpextracmd*
@@ -5791,17 +5852,19 @@ g:netrw_keepdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_keepdir*
 g:netrw_list_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_cmd*
 g:netrw_list_hide	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_hide*
 g:netrw_liststyle	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_liststyle*
-g:netrw_local_mkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_local_mkdir*
-g:netrw_local_rmdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_local_rmdir*
 g:netrw_localcopycmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localcopycmd*
+g:netrw_localmkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmkdir*
 g:netrw_localmovecmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmovecmd*
+g:netrw_localrmdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localrmdir*
 g:netrw_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_menu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_menu*
 g:netrw_mkdir_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*
 g:netrw_mousemaps	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_mousemaps*
+g:netrw_nobeval	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_nobeval*
 g:netrw_nogx	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_nogx*
 g:netrw_preview	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_preview*
 g:netrw_rcp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rcp_cmd*
+g:netrw_remote_mkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_remote_mkdir*
 g:netrw_retmap	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_retmap*
 g:netrw_rm_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rm_cmd*
 g:netrw_rmdir_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rmdir_cmd*
@@ -5829,6 +5892,8 @@ g:netrw_use_nt_rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_nt_rcp*
 g:netrw_win95ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_win95ftp*
 g:netrw_winsize	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_winsize*
 g:netrw_xstrlen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_xstrlen*
+g:sh_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:sh_isk*
+g:sh_noisk	syntax.txt	/*g:sh_noisk*
 g:syntax_on	syntax.txt	/*g:syntax_on*
 g:tar_browseoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_browseoptions*
 g:tar_cmd	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_cmd*
@@ -5839,6 +5904,7 @@ g:tar_readoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_readoptions*
 g:tar_secure	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_secure*
 g:tar_writeoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_writeoptions*
 g:tex_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_conceal*
+g:tex_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_isk*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
 g:vimball_mkdir	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_mkdir*
@@ -5889,6 +5955,7 @@ g`a	motion.txt	/*g`a*
 ga	various.txt	/*ga*
 garbagecollect()	eval.txt	/*garbagecollect()*
 gd	pattern.txt	/*gd*
+gdb	debug.txt	/*gdb*
 ge	motion.txt	/*ge*
 get()	eval.txt	/*get()*
 get-ms-debuggers	debug.txt	/*get-ms-debuggers*
@@ -5978,6 +6045,7 @@ gtk-tooltip-colors	gui_x11.txt	/*gtk-tooltip-colors*
 gu	change.txt	/*gu*
 gugu	change.txt	/*gugu*
 gui	gui.txt	/*gui*
+gui-IME	gui.txt	/*gui-IME*
 gui-clipboard	gui_w32.txt	/*gui-clipboard*
 gui-colors	syntax.txt	/*gui-colors*
 gui-extras	gui.txt	/*gui-extras*
@@ -6057,6 +6125,7 @@ hangul	hangulin.txt	/*hangul*
 hangulin.txt	hangulin.txt	/*hangulin.txt*
 has()	eval.txt	/*has()*
 has-patch	eval.txt	/*has-patch*
+has-python	if_pyth.txt	/*has-python*
 has_key()	eval.txt	/*has_key()*
 haskell.vim	syntax.txt	/*haskell.vim*
 haslocaldir()	eval.txt	/*haslocaldir()*
@@ -6075,6 +6144,7 @@ helpfile_name.txt	helphelp.txt	/*helpfile_name.txt*
 helphelp	helphelp.txt	/*helphelp*
 helphelp.txt	helphelp.txt	/*helphelp.txt*
 hex-editing	tips.txt	/*hex-editing*
+hex-number	eval.txt	/*hex-number*
 hidden-buffer	windows.txt	/*hidden-buffer*
 hidden-changed	version5.txt	/*hidden-changed*
 hidden-menus	gui.txt	/*hidden-menus*
@@ -6116,6 +6186,7 @@ hl-Cursor	syntax.txt	/*hl-Cursor*
 hl-CursorColumn	syntax.txt	/*hl-CursorColumn*
 hl-CursorIM	syntax.txt	/*hl-CursorIM*
 hl-CursorLine	syntax.txt	/*hl-CursorLine*
+hl-CursorLineNr	syntax.txt	/*hl-CursorLineNr*
 hl-DiffAdd	syntax.txt	/*hl-DiffAdd*
 hl-DiffChange	syntax.txt	/*hl-DiffChange*
 hl-DiffDelete	syntax.txt	/*hl-DiffDelete*
@@ -6185,6 +6256,7 @@ i)	motion.txt	/*i)*
 i<	motion.txt	/*i<*
 i>	motion.txt	/*i>*
 iB	motion.txt	/*iB*
+iBus	gui.txt	/*iBus*
 iW	motion.txt	/*iW*
 i[	motion.txt	/*i[*
 i]	motion.txt	/*i]*
@@ -6380,6 +6452,7 @@ internet	intro.txt	/*internet*
 intro	intro.txt	/*intro*
 intro.txt	intro.txt	/*intro.txt*
 inverse	syntax.txt	/*inverse*
+invert()	eval.txt	/*invert()*
 ip	motion.txt	/*ip*
 iquote	motion.txt	/*iquote*
 is	motion.txt	/*is*
@@ -6490,9 +6563,13 @@ lpc.vim	syntax.txt	/*lpc.vim*
 lua	if_lua.txt	/*lua*
 lua-buffer	if_lua.txt	/*lua-buffer*
 lua-commands	if_lua.txt	/*lua-commands*
+lua-dict	if_lua.txt	/*lua-dict*
+lua-list	if_lua.txt	/*lua-list*
+lua-luaeval	if_lua.txt	/*lua-luaeval*
 lua-vim	if_lua.txt	/*lua-vim*
 lua-window	if_lua.txt	/*lua-window*
 lua.vim	syntax.txt	/*lua.vim*
+luaeval()	eval.txt	/*luaeval()*
 m	motion.txt	/*m*
 m'	motion.txt	/*m'*
 m[	motion.txt	/*m[*
@@ -6717,6 +6794,7 @@ netrw-browse-cmds	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browse-cmds*
 netrw-browse-maps	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browse-maps*
 netrw-browser	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser*
 netrw-browser-options	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-options*
+netrw-browser-settings	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-settings*
 netrw-browser-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-var*
 netrw-browsing	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browsing*
 netrw-c	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c*
@@ -6765,6 +6843,7 @@ netrw-history	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-history*
 netrw-horiz	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-horiz*
 netrw-i	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-i*
 netrw-incompatible	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-incompatible*
+netrw-internal-variables	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-internal-variables*
 netrw-intro-browse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-intro-browse*
 netrw-leftmouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-leftmouse*
 netrw-list	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-list*
@@ -6805,6 +6884,8 @@ netrw-p10	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p10*
 netrw-p11	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p11*
 netrw-p12	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p12*
 netrw-p13	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p13*
+netrw-p14	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p14*
+netrw-p15	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p15*
 netrw-p2	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p2*
 netrw-p3	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p3*
 netrw-p4	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p4*
@@ -6840,8 +6921,10 @@ netrw-rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rexplore*
 netrw-rightmouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rightmouse*
 netrw-s	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-s*
 netrw-settings	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-settings*
+netrw-settings-window	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-settings-window*
 netrw-sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sexplore*
 netrw-sort	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sort*
+netrw-sort-sequence	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sort-sequence*
 netrw-sortsequence	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sortsequence*
 netrw-source	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-source*
 netrw-ssh-hack	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ssh-hack*
@@ -6853,6 +6936,7 @@ netrw-start	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-start*
 netrw-t	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-t*
 netrw-texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-texplore*
 netrw-todo	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-todo*
+netrw-trailingslash	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-trailingslash*
 netrw-transparent	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-transparent*
 netrw-u	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-u*
 netrw-updir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-updir*
@@ -6862,6 +6946,8 @@ netrw-v	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-v*
 netrw-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-var*
 netrw-variables	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-variables*
 netrw-vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-vexplore*
+netrw-windows-netrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-windows-netrc*
+netrw-windows-s	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-windows-s*
 netrw-write	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-write*
 netrw-x	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-x*
 netrw-xfer	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-xfer*
@@ -6973,7 +7059,8 @@ objects	index.txt	/*objects*
 obtaining-exted	netbeans.txt	/*obtaining-exted*
 ocaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*ocaml.vim*
 octal	eval.txt	/*octal*
-octal-number	options.txt	/*octal-number*
+octal-nrformats	options.txt	/*octal-nrformats*
+octal-number	eval.txt	/*octal-number*
 oldfiles-variable	eval.txt	/*oldfiles-variable*
 ole-activation	if_ole.txt	/*ole-activation*
 ole-eval	if_ole.txt	/*ole-eval*
@@ -6998,6 +7085,7 @@ options	options.txt	/*options*
 options-changed	version5.txt	/*options-changed*
 options.txt	options.txt	/*options.txt*
 optwin	options.txt	/*optwin*
+or()	eval.txt	/*or()*
 oracle	ft_sql.txt	/*oracle*
 os2	os_os2.txt	/*os2*
 os2ansi	os_os2.txt	/*os2ansi*
@@ -7277,17 +7365,6 @@ right-justify	change.txt	/*right-justify*
 rileft	rileft.txt	/*rileft*
 rileft.txt	rileft.txt	/*rileft.txt*
 riscos	os_risc.txt	/*riscos*
-riscos-commandline	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-commandline*
-riscos-filetypes	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-filetypes*
-riscos-gui	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-gui*
-riscos-interrupt	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-interrupt*
-riscos-locations	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-locations*
-riscos-memory	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-memory*
-riscos-munging	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-munging*
-riscos-porting	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-porting*
-riscos-remote	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-remote*
-riscos-shell	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-shell*
-riscos-temp-files	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-temp-files*
 rot13	change.txt	/*rot13*
 round()	eval.txt	/*round()*
 rsync	pi_netrw.txt	/*rsync*
@@ -7405,6 +7482,8 @@ setuid	change.txt	/*setuid*
 setwinvar()	eval.txt	/*setwinvar()*
 sftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*sftp*
 sgml.vim	syntax.txt	/*sgml.vim*
+sh-awk	syntax.txt	/*sh-awk*
+sh-embed	syntax.txt	/*sh-embed*
 sh.vim	syntax.txt	/*sh.vim*
 shell-window	tips.txt	/*shell-window*
 shell_error-variable	eval.txt	/*shell_error-variable*
@@ -8013,6 +8092,7 @@ unix	os_unix.txt	/*unix*
 unlisted-buffer	windows.txt	/*unlisted-buffer*
 up-down-motions	motion.txt	/*up-down-motions*
 uppercase	change.txt	/*uppercase*
+urxvt-mouse	options.txt	/*urxvt-mouse*
 use-cpo-save	usr_41.txt	/*use-cpo-save*
 use-visual-cmds	version4.txt	/*use-visual-cmds*
 useful-mappings	tips.txt	/*useful-mappings*
@@ -8295,13 +8375,27 @@ vimdev	intro.txt	/*vimdev*
 vimdiff	diff.txt	/*vimdiff*
 vimfiles	options.txt	/*vimfiles*
 viminfo	starting.txt	/*viminfo*
+viminfo-!	options.txt	/*viminfo-!*
+viminfo-%	options.txt	/*viminfo-%*
+viminfo-'	options.txt	/*viminfo-'*
+viminfo-/	options.txt	/*viminfo-\/*
+viminfo-:	options.txt	/*viminfo-:*
+viminfo-<	options.txt	/*viminfo-<*
+viminfo-@	options.txt	/*viminfo-@*
+viminfo-c	options.txt	/*viminfo-c*
 viminfo-encoding	starting.txt	/*viminfo-encoding*
 viminfo-errors	starting.txt	/*viminfo-errors*
+viminfo-f	options.txt	/*viminfo-f*
 viminfo-file	starting.txt	/*viminfo-file*
 viminfo-file-marks	starting.txt	/*viminfo-file-marks*
 viminfo-file-name	starting.txt	/*viminfo-file-name*
+viminfo-h	options.txt	/*viminfo-h*
+viminfo-n	options.txt	/*viminfo-n*
+viminfo-quote	options.txt	/*viminfo-quote*
+viminfo-r	options.txt	/*viminfo-r*
 viminfo-read	starting.txt	/*viminfo-read*
 viminfo-read-write	starting.txt	/*viminfo-read-write*
+viminfo-s	options.txt	/*viminfo-s*
 viminfo-write	starting.txt	/*viminfo-write*
 vimrc	starting.txt	/*vimrc*
 vimrc-filetype	usr_05.txt	/*vimrc-filetype*
@@ -8451,6 +8545,7 @@ xiterm	syntax.txt	/*xiterm*
 xml-folding	syntax.txt	/*xml-folding*
 xml-omni-datafile	insert.txt	/*xml-omni-datafile*
 xml.vim	syntax.txt	/*xml.vim*
+xor()	eval.txt	/*xor()*
 xpm.vim	syntax.txt	/*xpm.vim*
 xterm-8-bit	term.txt	/*xterm-8-bit*
 xterm-8bit	term.txt	/*xterm-8bit*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Feb 18
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Oct 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -770,12 +770,12 @@ CTRL-W i		Open a new window, with the cursor on the first line
 			{not in Vi}
 
 							*:dli* *:dlist*
-:[range]dl[ist][!] [/]string[/]
+:[range]dli[st][!] [/]string[/]
 			Like "[D"  and "]D", but search in [range] lines
 			(default: whole file).
 			See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].  {not in Vi}
 			Note that ":dl" works like ":delete" with the "l"
-			flag.
+			register.
 
 							*[_CTRL-D*
 [ CTRL-D		Jump to the first macro definition that contains the

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Apr 01
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jun 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -27,100 +27,215 @@ Priority classification:
 See |develop.txt| for development plans.  You can vote for which items should
 be worked on, but only if you sponsor Vim development.  See |sponsor|.
 
+Issues can also be entered online: http://code.google.com/p/vim/issues/list
+Updates will be forwarded to the vim_dev maillist.  Issues entered there will
+not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
+
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Improvement patch for filetype.vim. (Thilo Six, 2011 Mar 19)
+Go through more coverity reports.
 
-Patch to recognize more files as log files. (Mathieu Parent, 2011 Jan 14)
+Discussion about canonicalization of Hebrew. (Ron Aaron, 2011 April 10)
 
-Two patches for xxd. (Florian Zumbiehl, 2011 Jan 11)
+GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
-Two updates for second one Jan 12.
+(Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
 
-Go through new coverity reports.
+Patch: home_replace() does not work whtn 8.3 filename. (Yasuhiro
+Matsumoto, 2012 Apr 18)  Asked for another version of the patch.
+Again May 18.  Update May 29 on github.  Does not handle multi-byte chars.
 
-When 'colorcolumn' is set locally to a window, ":new" opens a window with the
+Javascript file where indent gets stuck on: GalaxyMaster, 2012 May 3.
-same highlighting but 'colorcolumn' is empty. (Tyru, 2010 Nov 15)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Feb 13 (but move further down).
 
-Patch for configure related to Ruby on Mac OS X. (Bjorn Winckler, 2011 Jan 14)
+Win32: When a directory name contains an exclamation mark, completion doesn't
+complete the contents of the directory.  No escaping for the "!"? (Jan
+Stocker, 2012 Jan 5)
 
-Patch to set v:register on startup. (Ingo Karkat, 2011 Jan 16)
+Patch for this request: (Lech Lorens, 2012 May 26)
+7   Add 'j' flag to 'formatoptions': Remove comment leader when joining lines.
 
-Patch to set v:register default depending on "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. (Ingo
+Issue 54: document behavior of -complete, also expands arg.
-Karkat, 2011 Jan 16)
 
-Patch for:
+Cursor on wrong line after ":copen". (John Beckett, 2012 Apr 30)
-    InsertCharPre   - user typed character Insert mode, before inserting the
+Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2012 May 2.  But calling changed_window_setting()
-		      char.  Pattern is matched with text before the cursor.
+would be a simpler solution.
-		      Set v:char to the character, can be changed.
-		      (not triggered when 'paste' is set).
-(Jakson A. Aquino, 2011 Jan 29)
 
-Patch for "No errors" showing up after QuickfixCmdPost. (Mike Lundy, 2011 Feb
+Syntax update problem in one buffer opened in two windows, bottom window is
-3)
+not correctly updated. (Paul Harris, 2012 Feb 27)
 
-Patch for cmdline completion of ":lang".  (Dominique Pelle, 2011 Feb 5)
+Patch to add getsid(). (Tyru, 2011 Oct 2)  Do we want this?  Update Oct 4.
+Or use expand('<sid>')?
 
-Patch for adding 's' option to 'cino', C++ namespace indenting. (Konstantin
+Win32: When the taskbar is at the top of the screen creating the tabbar causes
-Lepa, 2011 Jan 18)
+the window to move unnecessarily. (William E. Skeith III, 2012 Jan 12)
+Patch: 2012 Jan 13  Needs more work (2012 Feb 2)
 
-Patch to support ":!start /b cmd". (Xaizek, 2010 Dec 22)
+ml_get error when using syntastic plugin. (Alex Efros, 2012 May 24)
+Probably caused by recursive use of :lclose.
+May also crash Vim (May 25)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, May 26.  Is this right?
 
-Patch to build with GTK on Mac. (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Jan 18)
+Help for b:undo_indent'. (Thilo Six, 2012 May 28)
-Use another name instead of FEAT_GUI_ELSEWHERE.
+Also question if examples are correct.
 
-Patch for xxd makefile to avoid generating .dSYM files. (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Jan
+Docs patch for BufRead/BufReadPost. (Gary Johnson, 2012 May 28)
-18)
 
-Patch to show sign for folded text. (Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jan 12)
+URXVT:
-Method to reproduce it: Jan 16.
+- will get stuck if byte sequence does not containe expected semicolon.
+- Use urxvt mouse support also in xterm.  Explanations:
+  http://www.midnight-commander.org/ticket/2662
 
-Patch to improve optwin.vim. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 29)
+Patch for IBM z/OS makefile. (Stephen Bovy, 2012 Apr 26)
+Patch for configure (Stephen Bovy, 2012 Apr 28)
+Updates later. Context diff May 7.
 
-Patch for Python 3 support. (lilydjwg, 2011 Feb 24)
+Patch to support browserfilter for GTK. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 May 22)
 
-Building the MingW version without clipboard but with multi-byte doesn't
+When running Vim in silent ex mode, an existing swapfile causes Vim to wait
-work. (Bill Lam, 2010 Sep 18)
+for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3)
+Do give the prompt? Quit with an error?
 
-Patch for handling of NL in substitute() with \= expression. (Motoya Kurotsu,
+Patch for: (Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 24, updated patch)
-2011 Mar 16)  Update Mar 24.
+8   ":sign unplace * file={filename}" should work.  Also: ":sign unplace *
+    buffer={bufnr}".  So one can remove all signs for one file/buffer.
 
-Patch to disallow fork() when __APPLE__ is defined. (Hisashi T Fujinaka, 2010
+Patch for auto copy selecting to + register. (by Christian Brabant, in email
-Nov 25)
+from Sergey Vakulenko, 2012 Apr 27)
 
-GTK: Patch to fix menu popping down. (Hong Xu, 2010 Dec 4, Dec 5)
+Patch to add "onselected" callback for completion. (Taro Muraoka, 2011 Sep 24)
-Update 2011 Feb 3.
+Another for CompleteFuncOk. (Florian Klein, 2012 Jan 31)
+Name it "CompleteFuncDone".
 
-Patch to use pipes on Win32.  (Vincent Berthoux, 2011 Feb 28)
+Patch for Make_mvc.mak and Make_ming.mak for Ruby support. (Yasuhiro
-Update Mar 1 using 'shelltemp'.
+Matsumoto, 2012 Jan 30)
 
-"gh<Del>" deletes the current line, except when it's the last line.
+Patch for 'backupcopy' default behavior for symlinks on Windows. (David Pope,
-Hint by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Mar 22
+2012 Mar 21, update Mar 31)
 
-The :z command doesn't work exactly as it should. (ChangZhuo Chen, 2011 Mar 2)
+Patch to list user digraphs. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 14)
-Compare with how old Vi works and with posix spec.  terminal is 80 x 24,
+
-'scroll' option set to 11.
+Patch for input method status. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Apr 18)
+
+Problem with winfixheight and resizing. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Sep 17)
+Patch Sep 18.
+
+Patch for has('unnamedplus') docs. (Tony Mechelynck, 2011 Sep 27)
+And one for gui_x11.txt.
+
+Patch for Python: add pyeval() and vim.bindeval() (zyx, 2012 Apr 15, update
+Apr 16) Also changes for Lua.  Update Apr 19.  Update Apr 22.
+
+":cd" doesn't work when current directory path contains "**".
+finddir() has the same problem.  (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jan 10)
+Requires a rewrite of the file_file_in_path code.
+
+Problem with l: dictionary being locked in a function. (ZyX, 2011 Jul 21)
+
+Issue 48: foldopen error can't be caught by try/catch
+
+Patch to sort functions starting with '<' after others.  Omit dict functions,
+they can't be called. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2011 Oct 11)
+
+Patch to pass list to or(), and() and xor(). (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012 Feb 8)
+
+Patch to improve "it" and "at" text object matching. (Christian Brabandt, 2011
+Nov 20)
+
+Patch to improve GUI find/replace dialog. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 May 26)
+
+Patch to add ":py3do". (Lilydjwg, 2012 Apr 7)
+
+`[ moves to character after insert, instead of the last inserted character.
+(Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Dec 9)
+
+Plugin for Modeleasy. (Massimiliano Tripoli, 2011 Nov 29)
+
+When using remote-silent the -R flag is not passed on. (Axel Bender, 2012 May
+31)
+
+Updated syntax file for ssh_config, maintainer doesn't respond.
+(Leonard Ehrenfried, 2011 Sep 26)
+
+BufWinLeave triggers too late when quitting last window in a tab page. (Lech
+Lorens, 2012 Feb 21)
+
+Patch for 'transparency' option. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
+Only for MS-Windows.  No documentation.  Do we want this?
+
+Patch to support cursor shape in Cygwin console. (Ben bgold, 2011 Dec 27)
+
+Patch to support UTF-8 for Hangul. (Shawn Y.H. Kim, 2011 May 1)
+Needs more work.  Pinged 2012 Jan 4.
+
+Issue 64: when 'incsearch' is on can't paste LF on command line.
 
 'cursorline' is displayed too short when there are concealed characters and
 'list' is set.  (Dennis Preiser)
 Patch 7.3.116 was the wrong solution.
+Christian Brabandt has another incomplete patch. (2011 Jul 13)
+Also: Alignment in help with tabs gets messed up, esp. at ":help index".
+Probably need to make a tab work like there was no concealing.  Possibly with
+an option.  Like line wrapping works as if there is no concealing.
+Patch by Dominique Pelle, Also fixes "fC" problem.
+    "fC" doesn't position the cursor correctly when there are concealed
+    characters.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Oct 11)
 
-When opening file from windows explorer, characters inside [] cause
+With concealed text mouse click doesn't put the cursor in the right position.
-problems, even though double quotes are used. (Manuel Stol, 2011 Mar 9)
+(Herb Sitz)  Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 16.  Doesn't work properly,
-
+need to make the change in where RET_WIN_BUF_CHARTABSIZE() is called.
-Patch to change the meaning of \n in substitute(). (motoya kurotsu, 2011 Mar 8)
-
-Help file foldexpr (ZyX)
 
 Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
 
+'cursorline' is drawn incorrectly in diff mode. Patch by Christian Brabandt,
+2012 Apr 2.
+
+'cursorline' works on a text line only.  Add 'cursorscreenline' for
+highlighting the screen line. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Mar 31)
+
+Win32: Does building a 64 bit version with VC9 give warnings for int
+conversions? (Mike Williams)
+
+Win32: Patch to use task dialogs when available. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
+New feature, requires testing.  Made some remarks.
+
+Win32: Patch for alpha-blended icons and toolbar height. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011
+Sep 17)  Asked for feedback from others.
+
+Win32: Cannot cd into a directory that starts with a space. (Andy Wokula, 2012
+Jan 19)
+
+Win32: default for 'backupcopy' is wrong for a symbolic link. (mklink one
+two). (Benjamin Fritz, 2012 Mar 15)
+
+Need to escape $HOME on Windows?  (ZyX, 2011 Jul 21)
+
+"2" in 'formatopions' not working in comments. (Christian Corneliussen, 2011
+Oct 26)
+
 Bug in repeating Visual "u". (Lawrence Kesteloot, 2010 Dec 20)
 
-CursorHold repeats typed key when it's the start of a mapping.
+With "unamedplus" in 'clipboard' pasting in Visual mode causes error for empty
-(Will Gray, 2011 Mar 23)
+register. (Michael Seiwald, 2011 Jun 28)  I can't reproduce it.
+
+In GTK Gvim, setting 'lines' and 'columns' to 99999 causes a crash (Tony
+Mechelynck, 2011 Apr 25).  Can reproduce the crash sometimes:
+   gvim -N -u NONE --cmd 'set lines=99999 columns=99999'
+(gvim:25968): Gdk-WARNING **: Native Windows wider or taller than 65535 pixels are not supported
+The program 'gvim' received an X Window System error.
+This probably reflects a bug in the program.
+The error was 'RenderBadPicture (invalid Picture parameter)'.
+  (Details: serial 313 error_code 161 request_code 149 minor_code 8)
+  (Note to programmers: normally, X errors are reported asynchronously;
+   that is, you will receive the error a while after causing it.
+   To debug your program, run it with the --sync command line
+   option to change this behavior. You can then get a meaningful
+   backtrace from your debugger if you break on the gdk_x_error() function.)
+Check that number of pixels doesn't go above 65535?
+
+popup completion menu closes quickly when there is a fold in the buffer. (Jan
+Christoph Ebersbach, 2011 Jul 3)
 
 Windows keys not set properly on Windows 7?  (cncyber, 2010 Aug 26)
 
@@ -130,14 +245,27 @@ call append(line, "INFO  ....12....18....24....30....36....42....48....54....60.
 When using a Vim server, a # in the path causes an error message.
 (Jeff Lanzarotta, 2011 Feb 17)
 
+Setting $HOME on MS-Windows is not very well documented.  Suggestion by Ben
+Fritz (2011 Oct 27).
+
 Bug: E685 error for func_unref(). (ZyX, 2010 Aug 5)
 
+Bug: Windows 7 64 bit system freezes  when 'clipboard' set to "unnamed" and
+doing ":g/test/d".  Putting every delete on the clipboard? (Robert Chan, 2011
+Jun 17)
+
+When there is a ">" in a line that "gq" wraps to the start of the next line,
+then the following line will pick it up as a leader.  Should get the leader
+from the first line, not a wrapped line. (Matt Ackeret, 2012 Feb 27)
+
 Using ":break" or something else that stops executing commands inside a
 ":finally" does not rethrow a previously uncaught exception. (ZyX, 2010 Oct
 15)
 
 Vim using lots of memory when joining lines. (John Little, 2010 Dec 3)
 
+Changes to manpage plugin. (Elias Toivanen, 2011 Jul 25)
+
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
 right type.
@@ -145,24 +273,30 @@ right type.
 string() can't parse back "inf" and "nan".  Fix documentation or fix code?
 (ZyX, 2010 Aug 23)
 
+Make 'formatprg' global-local. (Sung Pae)
+
 When doing "redir => s:foo" in a script and then "redir END" somewhere else
 (e.g. in a function) it can't find s:foo.
 
+When setqflist() uses a filename that triggers a BufReadCmd autocommand Vim
+doesn't jump to the correct line with :cfirst. (ZyX,  2011 Sep 18)
+
+7   Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists.
+Patch from Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 19.
+
 maparg() does not show the <script> flag.  When temporarily changing a
 mapping, how to restore the script ID?
 
-Patch to fix \%V item in regexp. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Nov 8)
-Update Nov 19.  James Vega: still not right.  Christian: it's difficult.
-
-Patch to add up to 99 match groups. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Dec 22)
-Also add named groups: \%{name}(re)  and \%{name}g
-
 Bug in try/catch: return with invalid compare throws error that isn't caught.
 (ZyX, 2011 Jan 26)
 
 Highlighting stops working after changing it many times.  Script to reproduce
 it: Pablo Contreras, 2010 Oct 12  Windows XP and 7.  Font is never freed?
 
+When setting a local option value from the global value, add a script ID that
+indicates this, so that ":verbose set" can give a hint.  Check with options in
+the help file.
+
 After patch 7.3.097 still get E15. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Jan 18)
 Also for another example (ZyX, 2011 Jan 24)
 
@@ -170,13 +304,14 @@ Build problem with small features on Mac OS X 10.6. (Rainer, 2011 Jan 24)
 
 "0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multi-byte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)
 
-Deleting a linewise selection that includes the last line of the file leaves
-an empty line. (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Mar 17)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Mar 19.
-
 Patch to support sorting on floating point number.  (Alex Jakushev, 2010 Oct
 30)
 
+Patch to addd TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
+May 24)  Update May 26.
+
+Patch for :tabrecently. (Hirokazu Yoshida, 2012 Jan 30)
+
 When a script contains "redir => s:foo" but doesn't end redirection, a
 following "redir" command gives an error for not being able to access s:foo.
 (ZyX, 2011 Mar 27)
@@ -186,6 +321,33 @@ Problem with "syn sync gouphere". (Gustavo Niemeyer, 2011 Jan 27)
 Loading autoload script even when usage is inside "if 0". (Christian Brabandt,
 2010 Dec 18)
 
+With a filler line in diff mode, it isn't displayed in the column with line
+number, but it is in the sign column.  Doesn't look right. (ZyX 2011 Jun 5)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 5.  Introduces new problems.
+
+8   Add a command to jump to the next character highlighted with "Error".
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, uses ]e [e ]t and [t. 2011 Aug 9.
+
+8   Add an event like CursorHold that is triggered repeatedly, not just once
+    after typing something.
+Need for CursorHold that retriggers.  Use a key that doesn't do anything, or a
+function that resets did_cursorhold.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 May 6.
+
+7   Use "++--", "+++--" for different levels instead of "+---" "+----".
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jul 27.
+Update by Ben Fritz, with fix for TOhtml. (2011 Jul 30)
+
+9   Add %F to 'errorformat': file name without spaces.  Useful on Unix to
+    avoid matching something up to a time 11:22:33.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jul 27.
+
+Patch to fix \%V item in regexp. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Nov 8)
+Update Nov 19.  James Vega: still not right.  Christian: it's difficult.
+
+Patch to add up to 99 match groups. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Dec 22)
+Also add named groups: \%{name}(re)  and \%{name}g
+
 In the sandbox it's not allowed to do many things, but it's possible to change
 or set variables.  Add a way to prevent variables from being changed in the
 sandbox?  E.g.: ":protect g:restore_settings".
@@ -204,8 +366,6 @@ Version of netbeans.c for use with MacVim. (Kazuki Sakamoto, 2010 Nov 18)
 there is one backslash. (Ray Frush, 2010 Nov 18)  What does the original ex
 do?
 
-":find" completion does not escape space in directory name. (Isz, 2010 Nov 2)
-
 Searching mixed with Visual mode doesn't redraw properly. (James Vega, 2010 Nov
 22)
 
@@ -223,6 +383,7 @@ When putting text in the cut buffer (when exiting) and conversion doesn't work
 properly, Prepend "ENC==={value of 'enc'}:" to the text and don't convert?
 Then it should at least work from Vim to Vim and in other applications it's
 clear why it doesn't work.
+Experimental patch by Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 19.
 
 Editing a file with a ^M with 'ff' set to "mac", opening a help file, then the
 ^M is displayed as ^J sometimes.  Getting 'ff' value from wrong window/buffer?
@@ -248,6 +409,8 @@ the system encoding (usually utf-8).
 Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present.  It has a BOM.
 Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2)
 
+'beval' option should be global-local.
+
 Ruby: ":ruby print $buffer.number" returns zero.
 
 setpos() does not restore cursor position after :normal. (Tyru, 2010 Aug 11)
@@ -280,12 +443,13 @@ mkdir().
 
 'cindent' not correct when 'list' is set. (Zdravi Korusef, 2010 Apr 15)
 
+C-indenting: A matching { in a comment is ignored, but intermediate { are not
+checked to be in a comment.  Implement FM_SKIPCOMM flag of findmatchlimit().
+Issue 46.
+
 When 'paste' is changed with 'pastetoggle', the ruler doesn't reflect this
 right away. (Samuel Ferencik, 2010 Dec 7)
 
-Windows installer: licence text should not use indent, causes bad word wrap.
-(Benjamin Fritz, 2010 Aug 16)
-
 Mac with X11: clipboard doesn't work properly. (Raf, 2010 Aug 16)
 
 Using CompilerSet doesn't record where an option was set from.  E.g., in the
@@ -307,19 +471,16 @@ When writing a file > 2Gbyte, the reported number of bytes is negative.
 (Antonio Colombo, 2010 Dec 18)
 
 Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting.
-(Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30)
+(Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30, again 2011 Jul 2)
-
-Patch to make more characters work in dialogs. (Yankwei Jia, 2010 Aug 4)
-
-Patch for VisVim, pass file name to VimOpenFile. (Jiri Sedlak, 2010 Nov 12)
 
 When 'lines' is 25 and 'scrolloff' is 12, "j" scrolls zero or two lines
 instead of one. (Constantin Pan, 2010 Sep 10)
 
 Crash in setqflist(). (Benoit Mortgat, 2010 Nov 18)
 
-Patch to handle resizing when tab is opened, when at full size. (Yukihiro
+Gui menu edit/paste in block mode insert only inserts in one line (Bjorn
-Nakadaira, 2010 Jan 6)
+Winckler, 2011 May 11)
+Requires a map mode for Insert mode started from blockwise Visual mode.
 
 Writing nested List and Dict in viminfo gives error message and can't be read
 back. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2010 Nov 13)
@@ -328,11 +489,6 @@ Can 'undolevels' be a buffer-local option?  Helps for making big changes in
 one file only, set 'ul' to -1 only for that buffer.
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Dec 17.  Needs test.
 
-Dos uninstal may delete vim.bat from the wrong directory (e.g., when someone
-makes his own wrapper).  Add a magic string with the version number to the
-.bat file and check for it in the uninstaller.  E.g.
-          # uninstall key: vim7.3*
-
 Problem with cursor in the wrong column. (SungHyun Nam, 2010 Mar 11)
 Additional info by Dominique Pelle. (also on 2010 Apr 10)
 
@@ -343,11 +499,6 @@ FILE_SHARE_WRITE in mch_access()? (Phillippe Vaucher, 2010 Nov 2)
 Is ~/bin (literally) in $PATH supposed to work?  (Paul, 2010 March 29)
 Looks like only bash can do it. (Yakov Lerner)
 
-8   Add an event like CursorHold that is triggered repeatedly, not just once
-    after typing something.
-Need for CursorHold that retriggers.  Use a key that doesn't do anything, or a
-function that resets did_cursorhold.
-
 Cscope "cs add" stopped working somewhat before 7.2.438. (Gary Johnson, 2010
 Jun 29)  Caused by 7.2.433?
 
@@ -372,11 +523,11 @@ Shell not recognized properly if it ends in "csh -f". (James Vega, 2009 Nov 3)
 Find tail?  Might have a / in argument.  Find space?  Might have space in
 path.
 
-":sort n" treats empty line as higher than zero. (Beeyawned, 2010 Oct 13)
-
 Test 51 fails when language set to German. (Marco, 2011 Jan 9)
 Dominique can't reproduc it.
 
+'ambiwidth' should be global-local.
+
 ":function f(x) keepjumps" creates a function where every command is executed
 like it has ":keepjumps" before it.
 
@@ -389,10 +540,6 @@ Patch to support :undo absolute jump to file save number. (Christian Brabandt,
 Patch to use 'foldnextmax' also for "marker" foldmethod. (Arnaud Lacombe, 2011
 Jan 7)
 
-When setting 'undofile' while the file is already loaded, but unchanged, try
-to read the undo file.  Requires computing a checksum of the text. (Andy
-Wokula)
-
 Bug with 'incsearch' going to wrong line. (Wolfram Kresse, 2009 Aug 17)
 Only with "vim -u NONE".
 
@@ -407,47 +554,31 @@ characters. (2010 Aug 14, bootleq)
 
 Problem with stop directory in findfile(). (Adam Simpkins, 2009 Aug 26)
 
+Using ']' as the end of a range in a pattern requires double escaping:
+     /[@-\\]]  (Andy Wokula, 2011 Jun 28)
+
 Undo problem: line not removed as expected when using setline() from Insert
 mode. (Israel Chauca, 2010 May 13, more in second msg)
 Break undo when CTRL-R = changes the text?  Or save more lines?
 
-Patch for static code analysis errors in riscOS. (Dominique Pelle, 2010 Dec 3)
-
-Patch for better #if 0 syntax highlighting for C code. (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Jan
-20)
-
-Change to C syntax folding to make it work much faster, but a bit less
-reliable. (Lech Lorens, 2009 Nov 9)  Enable with an option?
-Most time is spent in in_id_list().
-
 Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting.  Script to reproduce
 it.  Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch 7.2.274.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27)
 Generally, folding with 'foldmethod' set to "syntax" is slow.  Do profiling to
 find out why.
 
+Syntax priority problem. (Charles Campbell, 2011 Sep 15)
+
 When completion inserts the first match, it may trigger the line to be folded.
 Disable updating folds while completion is active? (Peter Odding, 2010 Jun 9)
 
 Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file.  Works OK for
 echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar 17)
 
-In command line window ":close" doesn't work properly. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009
-Jun 1)
-
-Cannot use getchar() inside :normal and using an expression mapping.  Is this
-supposed to work?  (XyX, 2010 Sep 22)
-
-When using an expression mapping with a multi-byte character each byte is
-converted to a utf-8 character. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 4)
-Patch for possible solution. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Jan 5)
-
 When a:base in 'completefunc' starts with a number it's passed as a number,
 not a string. (Sean Ma)  Need to add flag to call_func_retlist() to force a
 string value.
 
-There is no command line completion for ":lmap".
-
 ":e ~br<Tab>" does not complete to ":e /home/bram/".  Would need to use
 getpwent() to find all the matches.
 
@@ -485,6 +616,8 @@ Win32: Expanding 'path' runs into a maximum size limit. (bgold12, 2009 Nov 15)
 Win32: Patch for enabling quick edit mode in console. (Craig Barkhouse, 2010
 Sep 1)
 
+Win32: Patch for using .png files for icons. (Charles Peacech, 2012 Feb 5)
+
 Putting a Visual block while 'visualedit' is "all" does not leave the cursor
 on the first character. (John Beckett, 2010 Aug 7)
 
@@ -558,9 +691,6 @@ Ignore window options when not in the right window?
 Perhaps we need to use a hidden window for applying autocommands to a buffer
 that doesn't have a window.
 
-When "b" is a symlink to directory "a", resolve("b/") doesn't result in "a/".
-(ZyX, 2011 Feb 12)
-
 When using "ab foo bar" and mapping <Tab> to <Esc>, pressing <Tab> after foo
 doesn't trigger the abbreviation like <Esc> would. (Ramana Kumar, 2009 Sep 6)
 
@@ -713,8 +843,6 @@ the buffer to be unmodified.
 Unfinished patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 Jul 11.  Followup Jul 14, need to have
 another look at it.
 
-Patch for c.vim and cpp.vim syntax files. (Chung-chieh Shan, 2008 Nov 26)
-
 c.vim: XXX in a comment is colored yellow, but not when it's after "#if 0".
 (Ilya Dogolazky, 2009 Aug 7)
 
@@ -771,11 +899,6 @@ an alternate solution, also for src/ex_getln.c.
 This also fails when the file or directory name contains "%". (Thoml, 2008
 July 7)
 
-The str2special() function doesn't handle multi-byte characters properly.
-Patch from Vladimir Vichniakov, 2007 Apr 24.
-Should clean up the whole function.  Also allow modifiers like <S-Char-32>?
-find_special_key() also has this problem.
-
 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull,
 2008 May 14)
 
@@ -851,14 +974,9 @@ try/catch not working for argument of return. (Matt Wozniski, 2008 Sep 15)
 
 try/catch not working when inside a for loop. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 25)
 
-Recognize and ignore BOM in error file. (Aleksey Baibarin)
-
 ":tab help" always opens a new tab, while ":help" re-uses an existing window.
 Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck)
 
-":tab drop filename" doesn't work nicely when "filename" is open in a window
-in another tab. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Feb 13)
-
 Add ":nofold".  Range will apply without expanding to closed fold.
 
 Including NFA regexp code:
@@ -869,6 +987,7 @@ Performance tests:
 - ~/vim/test/slowsearch
 - ~/vim/test/rgb.vim
 - ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune)
+- ~/vim/text/edl.svg  (also XML)
 - search for  a.*e*exn  in the vim executable.  Go to last line to use
   'hlsearch'.
 
@@ -886,9 +1005,6 @@ Can't easily close the help window, like ":pc" closes the preview window and
 ":ccl" closes the quickfix window.  Add ":hclose". (Chris Gaal)
 Patch for :helpclose, Christian Brabandt, 2010 Sep 6.
 
-Patch for :lmake not updating the quickfix window title. (Lech Lorens, 2011
-Mar 26)
-
 When 'diffopt' has "context:0" a single deleted line causes two folds to merge
 and mess up syncing. (Austin Jennings, 2008 Jan 31)
 
@@ -897,6 +1013,9 @@ Gnome improvements: Edward Catmur, 2007 Jan 7
 
 New PHP syntax file, use it? (Peter Hodge)
 
+":echoe" in catch block stops processing, while this doesn't happen outside of
+a catch block. (ZyX, 2011 Jun 2)
+
 'foldcolumn' in modeline applied to wrong window when using a session. (Teemu
 Likonen, March 19)
 
@@ -946,9 +1065,6 @@ popup menu over it, first draw the new popup menu, remember its position and
 size and then redraw the text, skipping the characters under the popup menu.
 This should avoid flicker.  Other solution by A.Politz, 2007 Aug 22.
 
-When the popup menu is close to the edge of the window it is truncated.  Patch
-to anchor the popup menu in a different way. (James Vega, 2008 Jul 30)
-
 Windows 98: pasting from the clipboard with text from another application has
 a trailing NUL.  (Joachim Hofmann)  Perhaps the length specified for CF_TEXT
 isn't right?
@@ -974,6 +1090,9 @@ Jun 3)
 However, for backwards compatibility escaping might be necessary.  Check if
 the user put quotes around the expanded item?
 
+A throw in a function causes missing an endif below the call. (Spiros
+Bousbouras, 2011 May 16)
+
 Error E324 can be given when a cron script has wiped out our temp directory.
 Give a clear error message about this (and tell them not to wipe out /tmp).
 
@@ -993,9 +1112,28 @@ go to Insert mode and add a few lines.  Then backspacing every other time
 moves the cursor instead of deleting. (Chris Kaiser, 2007 Sep 25)
 
 Patch to use Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen, 2010 Jul 30)
+Latest version: 2011 May 18
 8   Windows install with NSIS: make it possible to do a silent install, see
     http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12
     Version from Guopeng Wen that does this (2010 Dec 27)
+Alternative: MSI installer: https://github.com/petrkle/vim-msi/
+
+Windows installer should install 32-bit version of right-click handler also on
+64-bit systems. (Brian Cunningham, 2011 Dec 28)
+
+Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry.
+Gvimext: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry.
+Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an
+argument list or opening each file in a separate tab.
+(Erik Falor, 2008 May 21, 2008 Jun 26)
+
+Windows installer: licence text should not use indent, causes bad word wrap.
+(Benjamin Fritz, 2010 Aug 16)
+
+Dos uninstal may delete vim.bat from the wrong directory (e.g., when someone
+makes his own wrapper).  Add a magic string with the version number to the
+.bat file and check for it in the uninstaller.  E.g.
+          # uninstall key: vim7.3*
 
 Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov,
 2007 Feb 8)
@@ -1042,12 +1180,6 @@ pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
 
 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17)
 
-Win32: When 'shell' is cmd.exe this command fails:
-	echo system('"c:/path/echo.exe" "foo bar"')
-Should we set the default for 'shellxquote' to a double quote, when 'shell'
-contains "cmd" in the tail?  (Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Oct 13)
-Also set 'shellcmdflag' to include /s.
-
 Win32: When there is 4 Gbyte of memory mch_avail_mem() doesn't work properly.
 Unfinished patch by Jelle Geerts, 2008 Aug 24.
 Let mch_avail_mem() return Kbyte instead?
@@ -1075,9 +1207,6 @@ If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work.
 Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for
 windows. (Adam George)
 
-When using input() in a loop and then ":echo" the display column isn't right.
-(Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Aug 28)  Patch by Ben Schmidt, 2008 Sep 2.
-
 F1 - F4 in an xterm produce a different escape sequence when used with a
 modifier key.  Need to catch three different sequences.  Use K_ZF1, like
 K_ZHOME? (Dickey, 2007 Dec 2)
@@ -1106,8 +1235,6 @@ if_ruby.c.
 Patch to dynamically load Python on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2009 Feb 16)
 Needs more work.
 
-Python3 interface doesn't handle utf-8 correctly? (Nov 2010, lilydjwg)
-
 The need_fileinfo flag is messy.  Instead make the message right away and put
 it in keep_msg?
 
@@ -1160,12 +1287,6 @@ When unloading a buffer in a BufHidden autocommand the hidden flag is reset?
 Substituting an area with a line break with almost the same area does change
 the Visual area.  Can this be fixed? (James Vega, 2006 Sept 15)
 
-Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry.
-Gvimext: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry.
-Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an
-argument list or opening each file in a separate tab.
-(Erik Falor, 2008 May 21, 2008 Jun 26)
-
 GUI: When combining fg en bg make sure they are not equal.
 
 Spell checking: Add a way to specify punctuation characters.  Add the
@@ -1332,6 +1453,9 @@ resulting in highlighted "{" in that window, not in the other.
 In mswin.vim: Instead of mapping <C-V> for Insert mode in a complicated way,
 can it be done like ":imap <C-V> <MiddleMouse>" without negative side effects?
 
+Completion menu disappears when using 'cursorcolumn'. (Sven-Hendrik Haase,
+2011 May 23)
+
 GTK: when the Tab pages bar appears or disappears while the window is
 maximized the window is no longer maximized.  Patch that has some idea but
 doesn't work from Geoffrey Antos, 2008 May 5.
@@ -1402,9 +1526,6 @@ In gvim the backspace key produces a backspace character, but on Linux the
 VERASE key is Delete.  Set VERASE to Backspace? (patch by Stephane Chazelas,
 2007 Oct 16)
 
-When entering a C /* comment, after typing <Enter> for 70 times the indent
-disappears. (Vincent Beffara, 2008 Jul 3)
-
 TermResponse autocommand isn't always triggered when using vimdiff. (Aron
 Griffis, 2007 Sep 19)
 
@@ -1440,6 +1561,8 @@ Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler,
 At next release:
 -   Rename src/Makefile and create a new one like toplevel Makefile that
     creates auto/config.mk when it's not there? (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Feb 11)
+-   Improve plugin handling: Automatic updates, handle dependencies?
+    E.g. Vundle: https://github.com/gmarik/vundle
 
 
 More patches:
@@ -1505,6 +1628,8 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 -   Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav
     Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30)
     Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
+    More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
+    Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
 8   Add a few more command names to the menus.  Patch from Jiri Brezina
     (28 feb 2002).  Will mess the translations...
 7   ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it' appears
@@ -1660,18 +1785,6 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
     the wide functions.
 8   On Windows 98 the unicows library is needed to support functions with UCS2
     file names.  Can we load unicows.dll dynamically?
-8   Win32: With two monitors, gvim partly on both, and adding/removing a
-    scrollbar Vim resizes and moves to one of the monitors. (Chris Monkiewicz,
-    2008 Oct)
-8   When the primary monitor is below or right of the secondary monitor and
-    Vim is on the secondary monitor it will often move to the primary monitor.
-    Window position coordinates can be negative. (James Harvey)
-    When the primary monitor is on the right, coordinates on the left monitor
-    are negative.  Clamping to zero means gvim jups to the primary monitor.
-    (Michael Wookey, 2010 Aug 17)
-    Probably the same issue: When the GUI tab pages line is displayed Vim
-    jumps from the secondary to the primary monitor. (Afton Lewis, 2007 Mar 9)
-    Possible solution using GetSystemMetrics() (Sergey Khorev, 2010 Aug 18)
 8   The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications.
     The last argument of CreateWindowEx() should be used, see MSDN docs.
     Tutorial: http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html
@@ -1833,7 +1946,7 @@ GUI:
 8   When translating menus ignore the part after the Tab, the shortcut.  So
     that the same menu item with a different shortcut (e.g., for the Mac) are
     still translated.
-8   Add menu separators for Amiga, RISCOS.
+8   Add menu separators for Amiga.
 8   Add way to specify the file filter for the browse dialog.  At least for
     browse().
 8   Add dialog for search/replace to other GUIs?  Tk has something for this,
@@ -2078,8 +2191,6 @@ Macintosh:
 6   Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
 8   Command line completion: buffers "foo.txt" and "../b/foo.txt", completing
     ":buf foo<Tab>" doesn't find the second one. (George V. Reilly)
-7   Output for ":scriptnames" and ":breaklist" should shorten the file names:
-    use "~/" when possible.
 7   mb_off2cells() doesn't work correctly on the tail byte of a double-byte
     character. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)  It should return 1 when used on a tail
     byte, like for utf-8.  Store second byte of double-byte in ScreenLines2[]
@@ -2106,8 +2217,6 @@ Macintosh:
     works.
 8   A very long message in confirm() can't be quit.  Make this possible with
     CTRL-C.
-8   When the clipboard isn't supported: ":yank*" gives a confusing error
-    message.  Specifically mention that the register name is invalid.
 8   "gf" always excludes trailing punctuation characters.  file_name_in_line()
     is currently fixed to use ".,:;!".  Add an option to make this
     configurable?
@@ -2121,8 +2230,6 @@ Macintosh:
     is a multi-byte character.
 8   When appending to a file and 'patchmode' isn't empty, a backup file is
     always written, even when the original file already exists.
-7   When using "daw" on the last word in a file and this is a single letter,
-    nothing is deleted.  Should delete the letter and preceding white space.
 9   When getting focus while writing a large file, could warn for this file
     being changed outside of Vim.  Avoid checking this while the file is being
     written.
@@ -2669,7 +2776,6 @@ Folding:
 8   Add "z/" and "z?" for searching in not folded text only.
 9   Add search pattern item to only match in closed or open fold and/or fold
     with certain level.  Allows doing ":g/pat/cmd" to work on closed folds.
-7   Use "++--", "+++--" for different levels instead of "+---" "+----".
 8   When a closed fold is displayed open because of 'foldminlines', the
     behavior of commands is still like the fold is closed.  How to make the
     user aware of this?
@@ -2773,7 +2879,7 @@ Multi-byte characters:
     For Windows, the charset_pairs[] table could be used.  But how do we know
     if a font exists?
 -   Do keyboard conversion from 'termencoding' to 'encoding' with
-    convert_input() for Mac GUI and RiscOS GUI.
+    convert_input() for Mac GUI.
 -   Add mnemonics from RFC1345 longer than two characters.
     Support CTRL-K _{mnemonic}_
 7   In "-- INSERT (lang) --" show the name of the keymap used instead of
@@ -2849,7 +2955,6 @@ Syntax highlighting:
 8   Highlight the text between two matching parens (e.g., with a grey
     background) when on one of the parens or in between them.
     Option for the matchparen plugin?
-8   Add a command to jump to the next character highlighted with "Error".
 8   When using a cterm, and no ctermfg or ctermbg are defined, use start/stop
     sequences.	Add remark in docs that :if 'term' == "term-name" should be
     used.
@@ -3036,6 +3141,10 @@ Built-in script language:
 				Patch by Ilya Sher, 2004 Mar 4.
 				Return a list instead.
 	char2hex()		convert char string to hex string.
+	crypt()			encrypt string
+	decrypt()		decrypt string
+	base64enc()		base 64 encoding
+	base64dec()		base 64 decoding
 	attributes()		return file protection flags "drwxrwxrwx"
 	filecopy(from, to)	Copy a file
 	shorten(fname)		shorten a file name, like home_replace()
@@ -3146,10 +3255,6 @@ Performance:
     Add command to compile a vim script and add it to the file in-place.
     Split Ex command executing into a parsing and executing phase.
     Use compiled code for functions, while loops, etc.
-8   When editing a file with extremely long lines (e.g., an executable), the
-    "linerest" in readfile() is allocated twice to be able to copy what was
-    read so far.  Use realloc() instead?  Or split the line when allocating
-    memory fails and "linerest" is big (> 100000)?
 8   When defining autocommands (e.g., from $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim), need to
     compare each pattern with all existing patterns.  Use a hash code to avoid
     using strcmp() too often?
@@ -3417,7 +3522,7 @@ Win32 GUI:
 
 
 GUI:
-8   Make inputdialog() work for Photon, Amiga, RiscOS.
+8   Make inputdialog() work for Photon, Amiga.
 -   <C--> cannot be mapped.  Should be possible to recognize this as a
     normal "-" with the Ctrl modifier.
 7   Implement ":popup" for other systems than Windows.
@@ -3496,6 +3601,8 @@ GUI:
 
 
 Autocommands:
+9   Rework the code from FEAT_OSFILETYPE for autocmd-osfiletypes to use
+    'filetype'.  Only for when the current buffer is known.
 -   Put autocommand event names in a hashtable for faster lookup?
 8   When the SwapExists event is triggered, provide information about the
     swap file, e.g., whether the process is running, file was modified, etc.
@@ -3528,9 +3635,9 @@ Autocommands:
     handled (e.g., other font) (Ron Aaron)
 7   When trying to open a directory, trigger an OpenDirectory event.
 7   Add file type in front of file pattern: <d> for directory, <l> for link,
-    <x> for executable, etc.  <&xxx> for Risc OS.  With commas to separate
+    <x> for executable, etc.  With commas to separate alternatives.  The
-    alternatives.  The autocommand is only executed when both the file type
+    autocommand is only executed when both the file type AND the file pattern
-    AND the file pattern match. (Leonard)
+    match. (Leonard)
 5   Add option that specifies extensions which are to be discarded from the
     file name.  E.g. 'ausuffix', with ".gz,.orig".  Such that file.c.gz will
     trigger the "*.c" autocommands.  (Belabas)
@@ -3768,6 +3875,7 @@ Insert mode:
 7   Use CTRL-G <count> to repeat what follows.  Useful for inserting a
     character multiple times or repeating CTRL-Y.
 -   Make 'revins' work in Replace mode.
+9   Can't use multi-byte characters for 'matchpairs'.
 7   Use 'matchpairs' for 'showmatch': When inserting a character check if it
     appears in the rhs of 'matchpairs'.
 -   In Insert mode (and command line editing?): Allow undo of the last typed
@@ -3787,12 +3895,6 @@ Insert mode:
 
 
 'cindent', 'smartindent':
-9   ") :" confuses continuation line: (Colin Bennett, 2007 Dec 14)
-        cout << "a"
-                << ") :"
-                << "y";
-9   "} else" causes following lines to be indented too much. (Rouben
-    Rostamian, 2008 Aug 30)
 9   Wrapping a variable initialization should have extra indent:
 	char * veryLongName =
 		"very long string"
@@ -3848,7 +3950,6 @@ Insert mode:
 -   Add option to 'cindent' to set indent for comments outside of {}?
 -   Make a command to line up a comment after a code line with a previous
     comment after a code line.	Can 'cindent' do this automatically?
-7   Add 'j' flag to 'formatoptions': Remove comment leader when joining lines.
 -   When 'cindent'ing a '}', showmatch is done before fixing the indent.  It
     looks better when the indent is fixed before the showmatch. (Webb)
 -   Add option to make indenting work in comments too (for commented-out
@@ -4401,9 +4502,6 @@ Sessions:
 Options:
 7   ":with option=value | command": temporarily set an option value and
     restore it after the command has executed.
-7   Setting an option always sets "w_set_curswant", while this is only
-    required for a few options.  Only do it for those options to avoid the
-    side effect.
 8   Make "old" number options that really give a number of effects into string
     options that are a comma separated list.  The old number values should
     also be supported.
@@ -4485,11 +4583,8 @@ Marks:
 
 
 Digraphs:
-7   Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists.
+7   Make "ga" show the keymap for a character, if it exists.
-    Also the keymap?
     Also show the code of the character after conversion to 'filenecoding'.
--   Make it possible to enter "r<C-E>" and "r<C-Y>" (get character from line
-    below/above).
 -   Use digraph table to tell Vim about the collating sequence of special
     characters?
 8   Add command to remove one or more (all) digraphs. (Brown)
@@ -4607,8 +4702,6 @@ Debug mode:
 Various improvements:
 9   Python: be able to define a Python function that can be called directly
     from Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value.
-8   ":sign unplace * file={filename}" should work.  Also: ":sign unplace *
-    buffer={bufnr}".  So one can remove all signs for one file/buffer.
 7   Add plugins for formatting?  Should be able to make a choice depending on
     the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.).
     Setting the 'langformat' option to "chinese" would load the
@@ -4626,8 +4719,6 @@ Various improvements:
 7   Instead of filtering errors with a shell script it should be possible to
     do this with Vim script.  A function that filters the raw text that comes
     from the 'makeprg'?
-9   Add %F to 'errorformat': file name without spaces.  Useful on Unix to
-    avoid matching something up to a time 11:22:33.
 -   Add %b to 'errorformat': buffer number. (Yegappan Lakshmanan / Suresh
     Govindachar)
 7   Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 07
+*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Credit Card:	You can use PayPal to send money with a Credit card.  This is
 Others:		Transfer to one of these accounts if possible:
 		    Postbank, account 4548774
 				Swift code: INGB NL 2A
-				IBAN: NL47 PSTB 0004 5487 74
+				IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
 			under the name "stichting ICCF Holland", Lisse
 		    If that doesn't work:
 		    Rabobank Lisse, account 3765.05.117

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 19
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,8 +35,10 @@ CTRL-R			Redo [count] changes which were undone.  {Vi: redraw
 :red[o]			Redo one change which was undone.  {Vi: no redo}
 
 							*U*
-U			Undo all latest changes on one line.  {Vi: while not
+U			Undo all latest changes on one line, the line where
-			moved off of it}
+			the latest change was made. |U| itself also counts as
+			a change, and thus |U| undoes a previous |U|.
+			{Vi: while not moved off of the last modified line}
 
 The last changes are remembered.  You can use the undo and redo commands above
 to revert the text to how it was before each change.  You can also apply the
@@ -248,7 +250,7 @@ detect if an undo file is no longer synchronized with the file it was written
 for (with a hash of the file contents) and ignore it when the file was changed
 after the undo file was written, to prevent corruption.  An undo file is also
 ignored if its owner differs from the owner of the edited file.  Set 'verbose'
-to get a message about that.
+to get a message about that when opening a file.
 
 Undo files are normally saved in the same directory as the file.  This can be
 changed with the 'undodir' option.
@@ -265,7 +267,12 @@ respectively:
 		(the magic number at the start of the file is wrong), then
 		this fails, unless the ! was added.
 		If it exists and does look like an undo file it is
-		overwritten.
+		overwritten. If there is no undo-history, nothing will be 
+		written.
+		Implementation detail: Overwriting happens by first deleting
+		the existing file and then creating a new file with the same
+		name. So it is not possible to overwrite an existing undofile
+		in a write-protected directory.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 :rundo {file}	Read undo history from {file}.

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 15
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 16
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	strridx()		last index of a short string in a long string
 	strlen()		length of a string
 	substitute()		substitute a pattern match with a string
-	submatch()		get a specific match in a ":substitute"
+	submatch()		get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
 	strpart()		get part of a string
 	expand()		expand special keywords
 	iconv()			convert text from one encoding to another
@@ -670,6 +670,12 @@ Floating point computation:				*float-functions*
 	cosh()			hyperbolic cosine
 	tanh()			hyperbolic tangent
 
+Other computation:					*bitwise-function*
+	and()			bitwise AND
+	invert()		bitwise invert
+	or()			bitwise OR
+	xor()			bitwise XOR
+
 Variables:						*var-functions*
 	type()			type of a variable
 	islocked()		check if a variable is locked
@@ -1704,6 +1710,7 @@ make the script work for most people.  It is done like this: >
  12	set cpo&vim
  ..
  42	let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+ 43	unlet s:save_cpo
 
 We first store the old value of 'cpoptions' in the s:save_cpo variable.  At
 the end of the plugin this value is restored.
@@ -1950,6 +1957,7 @@ Here is the resulting complete example: >
  40	endif
  41
  42	let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+ 43	unlet s:save_cpo
 
 Line 33 wasn't explained yet.  It applies the new correction to the word under
 the cursor.  The |:normal| command is used to use the new abbreviation.  Note

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Mar 03
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -136,6 +136,9 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			then twice the value of the 'scroll' option is used,
 			otherwise the current window height minus 3 is used.
 
+			If there is a {count} the 'window' option is set to
+			its value.
+
 			:z can be used either alone or followed by any of
 			several punctuation marks.  These have the following
 			effect:
@@ -350,74 +353,74 @@ N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
-N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
+N  *+mouse_pterm*		QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
 N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
-N  *+mouse_xterm*	Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
+N  *+mouse_urxvt*		Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
-B  *+multi_byte*	16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
+N  *+mouse_xterm*		Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
+B  *+multi_byte*		16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
    *+multi_byte_ime*	Win32 input method for multibyte chars |multibyte-ime|
-N  *+multi_lang*	non-English language support |multi-lang|
+N  *+multi_lang*		non-English language support |multi-lang|
 m  *+mzscheme*		Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|
 m  *+mzscheme/dyn*	Mzscheme interface |mzscheme-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+netbeans_intg*	|netbeans|
-m  *+ole*		Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
+m  *+ole*			Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
-   *+osfiletype*	Support for the 'osfiletype' option and filetype
+N  *+path_extra*		Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
-			checking in automatic commands.  |autocmd-osfiletypes|
-N  *+path_extra*	Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
 m  *+perl*		Perl interface |perl|
 m  *+perl/dyn*		Perl interface |perl-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+persistent_undo*	Persistent undo |undo-persistence|
-   *+postscript*	|:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
+   *+postscript*		|:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
 N  *+printer*		|:hardcopy| command
 H  *+profile*		|:profile| command
 m  *+python*		Python 2 interface |python|
-m  *+python/dyn*	Python 2 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
+m  *+python/dyn*		Python 2 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+python3*		Python 3 interface |python|
-m  *+python3/dyn*	Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
+m  *+python3/dyn*		Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+quickfix*		|:make| and |quickfix| commands
 N  *+reltime*		|reltime()| function, 'hlsearch'/'incsearch' timeout,
 			'redrawtime' option
 B  *+rightleft*		Right to left typing |'rightleft'|
 m  *+ruby*		Ruby interface |ruby|
 m  *+ruby/dyn*		Ruby interface |ruby-dynamic| |/dyn|
-N  *+scrollbind*	|'scrollbind'|
+N  *+scrollbind*		|'scrollbind'|
 B  *+signs*		|:sign|
-N  *+smartindent*	|'smartindent'|
+N  *+smartindent*		|'smartindent'|
 m  *+sniff*		SniFF interface |sniff|
-N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
+N  *+startuptime*		|--startuptime| argument
-N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
+N  *+statusline*		Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
 			formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
 m  *+sun_workshop*	|workshop|
 N  *+syntax*		Syntax highlighting |syntax|
    *+system()*		Unix only: opposite of |+fork|
-N  *+tag_binary*	binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
+N  *+tag_binary*		binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
 N  *+tag_old_static*	old method for static tags |tag-old-static|
 m  *+tag_any_white*	any white space allowed in tags file |tag-any-white|
-m  *+tcl*		Tcl interface |tcl|
+m  *+tcl*			Tcl interface |tcl|
 m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
    *+terminfo*		uses |terminfo| instead of termcap
 N  *+termresponse*	support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
-N  *+textobjects*	|text-objects| selection
+N  *+textobjects*		|text-objects| selection
    *+tgetent*		non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
 N  *+title*		Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'
 N  *+toolbar*		|gui-toolbar|
 N  *+user_commands*	User-defined commands. |user-commands|
 N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
 N  *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|
-N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
+N  *+virtualedit*		|'virtualedit'|
 S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode|
-N  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
+N  *+visualextra*		extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 N  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
-N  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|
+N  *+wildignore*		|'wildignore'|
 N  *+wildmenu*		|'wildmenu'|
 S  *+windows*		more than one window
-m  *+writebackup*	|'writebackup'| is default on
+m  *+writebackup*		|'writebackup'| is default on
-m  *+xim*		X input method |xim|
+m  *+xim*			X input method |xim|
    *+xfontset*		X fontset support |xfontset|
+m  *+xpm_w32*		Win32 GUI only: pixmap support |:sign-define|
    *+xsmp*		XSMP (X session management) support
    *+xsmp_interact*	interactive XSMP (X session management) support
 N  *+xterm_clipboard*	Unix only: xterm clipboard handling
-m  *+xterm_save*	save and restore xterm screen |xterm-screens|
+m  *+xterm_save*		save and restore xterm screen |xterm-screens|
-N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
+N  *+X11*			Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 
 							*/dyn* *E370* *E448*
 			To some of the features "/dyn" is added when the
@@ -604,6 +607,10 @@ K			Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
 			"gs" stands for "goto sleep".
 			While sleeping the cursor is positioned in the text,
 			if at a visible position.  {not in Vi}
+			Also process the received netbeans messages. {only
+			available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg|
+			feature}
+
 
 							*g_CTRL-A*
 g CTRL-A		Only when Vim was compiled with MEM_PROFILING defined

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -2452,7 +2452,7 @@ differently.
 
 ":n *.c" ":cd .." ":n" didn't use the original directory of the file.  Vi only
 does it for the current file (looks like a bug).  Now remember the buffer used
-for the entry in the argument list and use it's name (adjusted when doing
+for the entry in the argument list and use its name (adjusted when doing
 ":cd"), unless it's deleted.
 
 When inserting a special key as its name ("<F8>" as four characters) after
@@ -3675,7 +3675,7 @@ When double clicking on the first character of a word while 'selection' is
 
 
 Patch 6.0.001
-Problem:    Loading the sh.vim syntax file causes error messages . (Corinna
+Problem:    Loading the sh.vim syntax file causes error messages. (Corinna
 	    Vinschen)
 Solution:   Add an "if". (Charles Campbell)
 Files:	    runtime/syntax/sh.vim
@@ -9091,7 +9091,7 @@ Files:	    src/Make_w16.mak, src/testdir/Make_dos.mak
 Patch 6.1.402
 Problem:    When evaluating a function name with curly braces, an error
 	    is not handled consistently.
-Solution:   Accept the result of an curly braces expression when an
+Solution:   Accept the result of a curly braces expression when an
 	    error was encountered.  Skip evaluating an expression in curly
 	    braces when skipping.  (Servatius Brandt)
 Files:	    src/eval.c

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -9072,7 +9072,7 @@ Patch 7.2.280
 Problem:    A redraw in a custom statusline with %! may cause a crash.
 	    (Yukihiro Nakadaira)
 Solution:   Make a copy of 'statusline'.  Also fix typo in function name
-	    redraw_custum_statusline. (partly by Dominique Pelle)
+	    redraw_custom_statusline. (partly by Dominique Pelle)
 Files:	    src/screen.c
 
 Patch 7.2.281

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 11
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ Maximum display width	   Unix and Win32: 1024 characters, otherwise 255
 			   characters
 Maximum lhs of a mapping   50 characters.
 Number of different highlighting types: over 30000
-Range of a Number variable:  -2147483648 to 2147483647 (more on 64 bit
+Range of a Number variable:  -2147483648 to 2147483647 (might be more on 64
-			   systems)
+			   bit systems)
 Maximum length of a line in a tags file: 512 bytes.
 
 Information for undo and text in registers is kept in memory, thus when making

runtime/doc/vim-fr.1

@@ -586,3 +586,4 @@ Cette page de manuel a
 .br
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> mise <20> jour par David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2006-04-10.
+Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/vim-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -586,3 +586,4 @@ Cette page de manuel a été traduite par Richard Hitier.
 .br
 Cette page de manuel a été mise à jour par David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2006-04-10.
+Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/vimdiff-fr.1

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ d
 .B Vim
 avec deux (ou trois ou quatre) fichiers.
 Chaque fichier est ouvert dans sa propre fen<65>tre.
-Les diff<66>rences entres ces fichiers sont mises en surbrillance.
+Les diff<66>rences entre ces fichiers sont mises en surbrillance.
 C'est un outil tr<74>s pratique pour visualiser et reporter les
 changements entre deux versions d'un m<>me fichier.
 .PP
@@ -51,3 +51,4 @@ Voir ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-12.
+Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/vimdiff-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ démarre
 .B Vim
 avec deux (ou trois ou quatre) fichiers.
 Chaque fichier est ouvert dans sa propre fenêtre.
-Les différences entres ces fichiers sont mises en surbrillance.
+Les différences entre ces fichiers sont mises en surbrillance.
 C'est un outil très pratique pour visualiser et reporter les
 changements entre deux versions d'un même fichier.
 .PP
@@ -51,3 +51,4 @@ Voir ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-12.
+Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/vimtutor-fr.1

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 vimtutor \- tutoriel Vim
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .br
-.B vimtutor [-g] [langue]
+.B vimtutor [\-g] [langue]
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .B Vimtutor
 lance le tutoriel
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ est utile pour les personnes souhaitant apprendre leurs premi
 .B Vim
 \.
 .PP
-L'argument optionnel -g lance vimtutor avec gvim plut<75>t qu'avec vim, si l'IHM
+L'argument optionnel \-g lance vimtutor avec gvim plut<75>t qu'avec vim, si l'IHM
 graphique de vim est disponible, ou le lance avec vim si gvim n'est pas
 disponible.
 .PP
@@ -57,3 +57,4 @@ vim(1)
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2004-12-27.
+Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/vimtutor-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 vimtutor \- tutoriel Vim
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .br
-.B vimtutor [-g] [langue]
+.B vimtutor [\-g] [langue]
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .B Vimtutor
 lance le tutoriel
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ est utile pour les personnes souhaitant apprendre leurs premières commandes
 .B Vim
 \.
 .PP
-L'argument optionnel -g lance vimtutor avec gvim plutôt qu'avec vim, si l'IHM
+L'argument optionnel \-g lance vimtutor avec gvim plutôt qu'avec vim, si l'IHM
 graphique de vim est disponible, ou le lance avec vim si gvim n'est pas
 disponible.
 .PP
@@ -57,3 +57,4 @@ vim(1)
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2004-12-27.
+Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Feb 17
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -61,15 +61,20 @@ position.
 2. Starting and stopping Visual mode			*visual-start*
 
 						*v* *characterwise-visual*
-v			start Visual mode per character.
+[count]v		Start Visual mode per character.
+			With [count] select that many characters, like moving
+			the cursor right [count] characters.  One less when
+			'selection' is not "exclusive".
 
 						*V* *linewise-visual*
-V			start Visual mode linewise.
+[count]V		Start Visual mode linewise.
+			With [count] select that many lines.
 
 						*CTRL-V* *blockwise-visual*
-CTRL-V			start Visual mode blockwise.  Note: Under Windows
+[count]CTRL-V		Start Visual mode blockwise.  Note: Under Windows
 			CTRL-V could be mapped to paste text, it doesn't work
 			to start Visual mode then, see |CTRL-V-alternative|.
+			[count] is used as with `v` above.
 
 If you use <Esc>, click the left mouse button or use any command that
 does a jump to another buffer while in Visual mode, the highlighting stops

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 15
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -174,7 +174,8 @@ CTRL-W CTRL_N						*CTRL-W_CTRL-N*
 		2. WinEnter for the new window
 		3. BufLeave for the current buffer
 		4. BufEnter for the new buffer
-		This behaves like a ":split" first, and then a ":e" command.
+		This behaves like a ":split" first, and then an ":enew"
+		command.
 
 :[N]vne[w] [++opt] [+cmd] [file]			*:vne* *:vnew*
 		Like |:new|, but split vertically.  If 'equalalways' is set
@@ -183,7 +184,8 @@ CTRL-W CTRL_N						*CTRL-W_CTRL-N*
 
 :[N]new [++opt] [+cmd] {file}
 :[N]sp[lit] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}			*:split_f*
-		Create a new window and start editing file {file} in it.
+		Create a new window and start editing file {file} in it.  This
+		behaves like a ":split" first, and then an ":e" command.
 		If [+cmd] is given, execute the command when the file has been
 		loaded |+cmd|.
 		Also see |++opt|.
@@ -246,7 +248,7 @@ window will appear.
 
 These command modifiers can be combined to make a vertically split window
 occupy the full height.  Example: >
-	:vertical topleft edit tags
+	:vertical topleft split tags
 Opens a vertically split, full-height window on the "tags" file at the far
 left of the Vim window.
 

runtime/doc/xxd-fr.1

@@ -393,3 +393,4 @@ Modifications mineures par Bram Moolenaar.
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2004-12-24.
+Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/xxd-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -393,3 +393,4 @@ Modifications mineures par Bram Moolenaar.
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2004-12-24.
+Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>